Scripture · Sanskrit Bible with the King James Version · the Pāli Canon

Search Scripture Search

Nuns’ Code 1 भिक्खुनीपातिमोक्ख 1

Chapter: 1

Bhikkhunīpātimokkhapāḷi

Pāli in Devanagari; under each word its Roman pronunciation, syllable by syllable (ṃ = nasal hum). Tap a Pāli word for its meaning (PTS Pāli-English Dictionary); tap again to open it in the Pāli dictionary.

Verse: 123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960616263646566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144145146147148149150151152153154155156157158159160161162163164165166167168169170171172173174175176177178179180181182183184185186187188189190191192193194195196197198199200201202203204205206207208209210211212213214215216217218219220221222223224225226227228229230231232233234235236237238239240241242243244245246247248249250251252253254255256257258259260261262263264265266267268269270271272273274275276277278279280281282283284285286287288289290291292293294295296297298299300301302303304305306307308309310311312313314315316317318319320321322323324325326327328329330331332333334335336337338339340341342343344345346347348349350351352353354355356357358359360361362363364365366367368369370371372373374375376377378379380381382383384385386387388389390391392393394395396397398399400401402403404405406407408409410411412413414415416417418419420421422423424425426427428429430431432433434435436437438439440441442443444445446447448449450451452453454455456457458459460461462463464465466467468469470471472473474475476477478479480481482483484485486487488489490491492493494495496497498499500501502503504505506507508509510511512513514515516517518519520521522523524525526527528529530531532533534535536537538539540541542543544545546547548549550551552553554555556557558559560561562563564565566567568569570571572573574575576577578579580581582583584585586587588589590591592593594595596597598599600601602603604605606607608609610611612613614615616617618619620621622623624625626627628629630631632633634635636637638639640641642643644645646647648649650651652653654655656657658659660661662663664665666667668669670671672673674675676677678679680681682683684685686687688689690691692693694695696697698699700701702703704705706707708709710711712713714715716717718719720721722723724725726727728729730731732733734735736737738739740741742743744745746747748749750751752753754755756757758759760761762763764765766767768769770771772773774775776777778779780781782783784785786787788789790791792793794795796797798799800801802803804805806807808809810811812813814815816817818819820821822823824825826827828829830831832833834835836837838839840841842843844845846847848849850851852853854855856857858859860861862863864865866867868869870871872873874875876877878879880881882883884885886887888889890891892893894895896897898899900901902903904905906907908909910911912913914915916917918919920921922923924925926927928929930931932933934935936937938939940941942943944945946 · Hide pronunciation

1. 1

   द्वेमातिकापाळिdve·mā·ti·kā·pā·ḷi

   Dvemātikāpāḷi

2. 2

   भिक्खुनीपातिमोक्खपाळिbhik·khu·nī·pā·ti·mok·kha·pā·ḷi

   Bhikkhunīpātimokkhapāḷi

   The nuns’ rules

3. 3

   पुब्बकरणंpub·ba·ka·ra·ṇaṃ

   Pubbakaraṇaṁ

   Preliminaries

4. 4

   सम्मज्जनीsam·maj·ja·nī पदीपोpa·dī·po च,ca उदकंu·da·kaṃ आसनेनā·sa·ne·na च;ca

   Sammajjanī padīpo ca, udakaṁ āsanena ca;

   Sweeping and lamps, setting up of water and seats;

5. 5

   उपोसथस्सu·po·sa·thas·sa एतानि,e·tā·ni “पुब्बकरण”न्तिpub·ba·ka·ra·ṇa वुच्चति।vuc·ca·ti

   Uposathassa etāni, “pubbakaraṇa”nti vuccati.

   these are to be done before the observance-day ceremony.

6. 6

   पुब्बकिच्चंpub·ba·kic·caṃ

   Pubbakiccaṁ

   Preliminary duties

7. 7

   छन्द,chan·da पारिसुद्धि,pā·ri·sud·dhi उतुक्खानं,u·tuk·khā·naṃ भिक्खुनिगणनाbhik·khu·ni·ga·ṇa·nā चca ओवादो;o·vā·do

   Chanda, pārisuddhi, utukkhānaṁ, bhikkhunigaṇanā ca ovādo;

   Consent, purity, knowing the season, and counting the nuns, instruction;

8. 8

   उपोसथस्सu·po·sa·thas·sa एतानि,e·tā·ni “पुब्बकिच्च”न्तिpub·ba·kic·ca वुच्चति।vuc·ca·ti

   Uposathassa etāni, “pubbakicca”nti vuccati.

   these are called the preliminary duties of the observance-day ceremony.

9. 9

   पत्तकल्लअङ्गाpat·ta·kal·la·aṅ·gā

   Pattakallaaṅgā

   The factors of readiness

10. 10

    उपोसथो,u·po·sa·tho यावतिकाyā·va·ti·kā चca भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī कम्मप्पत्ता;kam·map·pat·tā

    Uposatho, yāvatikā ca bhikkhunī kammappattā;

    It is the observance day, all the nuns who should be present have arrived,

11. 11

    सभागापत्तियोsa·bhā·gā·pat·ti·yo चca नna विज्जन्ति;vij·jan·ti

    Sabhāgāpattiyo ca na vijjanti;

    there are no shared offenses,

12. 12

    वज्जनीयाvaj·ja·nī·yā चca पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā तस्मिंtas·miṃ नna होन्ति,hon·ti “पत्तकल्ल”न्तिpat·ta·kal·la वुच्चति।vuc·ca·ti

    Vajjanīyā ca puggalā tasmiṁ na honti, “pattakalla”nti vuccati.

    and there is no one there who should not be present. This is called readiness.

13. 13

    पुब्बकरणपुब्बकिच्चानिpub·ba·ka·ra·ṇa·pub·ba·kic·cā·ni समापेत्वाsa·mā·pet·vā देसितापत्तिकस्सde·si·tā·pat·ti·kas·sa समग्गस्सsa·mag·gas·sa भिक्खुनिसङ्घस्सbhik·khu·ni·saṅ·ghas·sa अनुमतियाa·nu·ma·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसितुंud·di·si·tuṃ आराधनंā·rā·dha·naṃ करोम।ka·ro·ma

    Pubbakaraṇapubbakiccāni samāpetvā desitāpattikassa samaggassa bhikkhunisaṅghassa anumatiyā pātimokkhaṁ uddisituṁ ārādhanaṁ karoma.

    “Having completed the duties to be done beforehand and the preliminary duties, with the assent of the nuns’ community, one and all, with offenses confessed, I invite the recitation of the Monastic Code.”

14. 14

    निदानुद्देसोni·dā·nud·de·so

    Nidānuddeso

    The recitation of the introduction

15. 15

    सुणातुsu·ṇā·tu मेme अय्येay·ye सङ्घो।saṅ·gho

    Suṇātu me ayye saṅgho.

    “Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.

16. 16

    अज्जुपोसथोaj·ju·po·sa·tho पन्नरसो,pan·na·ra·so

    Ajjuposatho pannaraso,

    Today is the observance day, the fifteenth.

17. 17

    यदिya·di सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa पत्तकल्लं,pat·ta·kal·laṃ सङ्घोsaṅ·gho उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करेय्य,ka·rey·ya पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसेय्य।ud·di·sey·ya

    yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho uposathaṁ kareyya, pātimokkhaṁ uddiseyya.

    If the Sangha is ready, it should do the observance-day ceremony, it should recite the Monastic Code.

18. 18

    किंkiṃ सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa पुब्बकिच्चं?pub·ba·kic·caṃ

    Kiṁ saṅghassa pubbakiccaṁ?

    What is the preliminary duty of the Sangha?

19. 19

    पारिसुद्धिंpā·ri·sud·dhiṃ अय्यायोay·yā·yo आरोचेथ,ā·ro·ce·tha

    Pārisuddhiṁ ayyāyo ārocetha,

    The venerables should declare their purity.

20. 20

    पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसिस्सामि,ud·di·sis·sā·mi

    pātimokkhaṁ uddisissāmi,

    I will recite the Monastic Code.

21. 21

    तंtaṃ सब्बावsab·bā·va सन्ताsan·tā साधुकंsā·dhu·kaṃ सुणोमsu·ṇo·ma मनसिma·na·si करोम।ka·ro·ma

    taṁ sabbāva santā sādhukaṁ suṇoma manasi karoma.

    Everyone present should listen to it and attend carefully.

22. 22

    यस्साyas·sā सियाsi·yā आपत्ति,ā·pat·ti साsā आविकरेय्य,ā·vi·ka·rey·ya

    Yassā siyā āpatti, sā āvikareyya,

    Anyone who has committed an offense should reveal it.

23. 23

    असन्तियाa·san·ti·yā आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā तुण्हीtuṇ·hī भवितब्बं,bha·vi·tab·baṃ

    asantiyā āpattiyā tuṇhī bhavitabbaṁ,

    If you haven’t committed any offense, you should remain silent.

24. 24

    तुण्हीभावेनtuṇ·hī·bhā·ve·na खोkho पनाय्यायो,pa·nāy·yā·yo “परिसुद्धा”तिpa·ri·sud·dhā वेदिस्सामि।ve·dis·sā·mi

    tuṇhībhāvena kho panāyyāyo, “parisuddhā”ti vedissāmi.

    If you are silent, I will regard you as pure.

25. 25

    यथाya·thā खोkho पनpa·na पच्चेकपुट्ठस्साpac·ce·ka·puṭ·ṭhas·sā वेय्याकरणंvey·yā·ka·ra·ṇaṃ होति,ho·ti एवमेवंe·va·me·vaṃ एवरूपायe·va·rū·pā·ya परिसायpa·ri·sā·ya यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ अनुसावितंa·nu·sā·vi·taṃ होति।ho·ti

    Yathā kho pana paccekapuṭṭhassā veyyākaraṇaṁ hoti, evamevaṁ evarūpāya parisāya yāvatatiyaṁ anusāvitaṁ hoti.

    Just as one responds when asked individually, so too, an announcement is made three times in this kind of gathering.

26. 26

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ अनुसावियमानेa·nu·sā·vi·ya·mā·ne सरमानाsa·ra·mā·nā सन्तिंsan·tiṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नाविकरेय्य,nā·vi·ka·rey·ya सम्पजानमुसावादस्साsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā·vā·das·sā होति।ho·ti

    Yā pana bhikkhunī yāvatatiyaṁ anusāviyamāne saramānā santiṁ āpattiṁ nāvikareyya, sampajānamusāvādassā hoti.

    If a nun remembers an offense while the announcement is being made up to the third time, but doesn’t reveal it, she is lying in full awareness.

27. 27

    सम्पजानमुसावादोsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā·vā·do खोkho पनाय्यायो,pa·nāy·yā·yo अन्तरायिकोan·ta·rā·yi·ko धम्मोdham·mo वुत्तोvut·to भगवता,bha·ga·va·tā

    Sampajānamusāvādo kho panāyyāyo, antarāyiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā,

    Lying in full awareness is called an obstacle by the Buddha.

28. 28

    तस्माtas·mā सरमानायsa·ra·mā·nā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā आपन्नायā·pan·nā·ya विसुद्धापेक्खायvi·sud·dhā·pek·khā·ya सन्तीsan·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti आविकातब्बा,ā·vi·kā·tab·bā

    tasmā saramānāya bhikkhuniyā āpannāya visuddhāpekkhāya santī āpatti āvikātabbā,

    A nun who remembers an offense and is seeking purification should therefore reveal it.

29. 29

    आविकताā·vi·ka·tā हिस्साhis·sā फासुphā·su होति।ho·ti

    āvikatā hissā phāsu hoti.

    When it’s revealed, she will be at ease.

30. 30

    उद्दिट्ठंud·diṭ·ṭhaṃ खो,kho अय्यायो,ay·yā·yo निदानं।ni·dā·naṃ

    Uddiṭṭhaṁ kho, ayyāyo, nidānaṁ.

    Venerables, the introduction has been recited.

31. 31

    तत्थाय्यायोtat·thāy·yā·yo पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

    Tatthāyyāyo pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

    In regard to this I ask you, ‘Are you pure in this?’

32. 32

    दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

    dutiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

    A second time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

33. 33

    ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

    tatiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

    A third time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

34. 34

    परिसुद्धेत्थाय्यायो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thāy·yā·yo तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

    parisuddhetthāyyāyo, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

    You are pure in this and therefore silent. I will remember it thus.

35. 35

    निदानंni·dā·naṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

    Nidānaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

    The introduction is finished.

36. 36

    पाराजिकुद्देसोpā·rā·ji·kud·de·so

    Pārājikuddeso

    The recitation of the rules on expulsion

37. 37

    तत्रिमेtat·ri·me अट्ठaṭ·ṭha पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā धम्माdham·mā उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छन्ति।ā·gac·chan·ti

    Tatrime aṭṭha pārājikā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.

    These eight rules on expulsion come up for recitation.

38. 38

    पाराजिकpā·rā·ji·ka 1। मेथुनधम्मसिक्खापदंme·thu·na·dham·ma·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Pārājika 1. Methunadhammasikkhāpadaṁ

    Expulsion 1: sexual intercourse

39. 39

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī छन्दसोchan·da·so मेथुनंme·thu·naṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ पटिसेवेय्य,pa·ṭi·se·vey·ya अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so तिरच्छानगतेनपि,ti·rac·chā·na·ga·te·na·pi पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā होतिho·ti असंवासा।a·saṃ·vā·sā

    Yā pana bhikkhunī chandaso methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭiseveyya, antamaso tiracchānagatenapi, pārājikā hoti asaṁvāsā.

    If a nun willingly has sexual intercourse, even with a male animal, she is expelled and excluded from the community.

40. 40

    पाराजिकpā·rā·ji·ka 2। अदिन्नादानसिक्खापदंa·din·nā·dā·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Pārājika 2. Adinnādānasikkhāpadaṁ

    Expulsion 2: stealing

41. 41

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī गामाgā·mā वाvā अरञ्ञाa·rañ·ñā वाvā अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ थेय्यसङ्खातंthey·ya·saṅ·khā·taṃ आदियेय्य,ā·di·yey·ya

    Yā pana bhikkhunī gāmā vā araññā vā adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyeyya,

    If a nun, intending to steal, takes from an inhabited area or from the wilderness what has not been given to her—

42. 42

    यथारूपेya·thā·rū·pe अदिन्नादानेa·din·nā·dā·ne राजानोrā·jā·no चोरंco·raṃ गहेत्वाga·het·vā हनेय्युंha·ney·yuṃ वाvā बन्धेय्युंban·dhey·yuṃ वाvā पब्बाजेय्युंpab·bā·jey·yuṃ वाvā चोरासिco·rā·si बालासिbā·lā·si मूळ्हासिmū·ḷhā·si थेनासीति,the·nā·sī·ti तथारूपंta·thā·rū·paṃ भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियमानाā·di·ya·mā·nā

    yathārūpe adinnādāne rājāno coraṁ gahetvā haneyyuṁ vā bandheyyuṁ vā pabbājeyyuṁ vā corāsi bālāsi mūḷhāsi thenāsīti, tathārūpaṁ bhikkhunī adinnaṁ ādiyamānā

    the sort of stealing for which kings, having caught a thief, would beat, imprison, or banish her, saying, ‘You’re a bandit, you’re a fool, you’ve gone astray, you’re a thief’—

43. 43

    अयम्पिa·yam·pi पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā होतिho·ti असंवासा।a·saṃ·vā·sā

    ayampi pārājikā hoti asaṁvāsā.

    she too is expelled and excluded from the community.

44. 44

    पाराजिकpā·rā·ji·ka 3। मनुस्सविग्गहसिक्खापदंma·nus·sa·vig·ga·ha·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Pārājika 3. Manussaviggahasikkhāpadaṁ

    Expulsion 3: killing a human being

45. 45

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca मनुस्सविग्गहंma·nus·sa·vig·ga·haṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेय्य,vo·ro·pey·ya सत्थहारकंsat·tha·hā·ra·kaṃ वास्सvās·sa परियेसेय्य,pa·ri·ye·sey·ya मरणवण्णंma·ra·ṇa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ वाvā संवण्णेय्य,saṃ·vaṇ·ṇey·ya मरणायma·ra·ṇā·ya वाvā समादपेय्य,sa·mā·da·pey·ya

    Yā pana bhikkhunī sañcicca manussaviggahaṁ jīvitā voropeyya, satthahārakaṁ vāssa pariyeseyya, maraṇavaṇṇaṁ vā saṁvaṇṇeyya, maraṇāya vā samādapeyya,

    If a nun intentionally kills a human being or seeks an instrument of death for them or praises death or incites someone to die, saying,

46. 46

    “अम्भोam·bho पुरिस,pu·ri·sa किंkiṃ तुय्हिमिनाtuy·hi·mi·nā पापकेनpā·pa·ke·na दुज्जीवितेन,duj·jī·vi·te·na मतंma·taṃ तेte जीविताjī·vi·tā सेय्यो”ति,sey·yo

    “ambho purisa, kiṁ tuyhiminā pāpakena dujjīvitena, mataṁ te jīvitā seyyo”ti,

    ‘My friend, what’s the point of this miserable and difficult life? Death is better for you than life!’—

47. 47

    इतिi·ti चित्तमनाcit·ta·ma·nā चित्तसङ्कप्पाcit·ta·saṅ·kap·pā अनेकपरियायेनa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·na मरणवण्णंma·ra·ṇa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ वाvā संवण्णेय्य,saṃ·vaṇ·ṇey·ya मरणायma·ra·ṇā·ya वाvā समादपेय्य,sa·mā·da·pey·ya

    iti cittamanā cittasaṅkappā anekapariyāyena maraṇavaṇṇaṁ vā saṁvaṇṇeyya, maraṇāya vā samādapeyya,

    thinking and intending thus, if she praises death in many ways or incites someone to die—

48. 48

    अयम्पिa·yam·pi पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā होतिho·ti असंवासा।a·saṃ·vā·sā

    ayampi pārājikā hoti asaṁvāsā.

    she too is expelled and excluded from the community.

49. 49

    पाराजिकpā·rā·ji·ka 4। उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मसिक्खापदंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·ma·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Pārājika 4. Uttarimanussadhammasikkhāpadaṁ

    Expulsion 4: falsely claiming a superhuman quality

50. 50

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अनभिजानंa·na·bhi·jā·naṃ उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ अत्तुपनायिकंat·tu·pa·nā·yi·kaṃ अलमरियञाणदस्सनंa·la·ma·ri·ya·ñā·ṇa·das·sa·naṃ समुदाचरेय्य,sa·mu·dā·ca·rey·ya “इतिi·ti जानामि,jā·nā·mi इतिi·ti पस्सामी”ति,pas·sā·mī

    Yā pana bhikkhunī anabhijānaṁ uttarimanussadhammaṁ attupanāyikaṁ alamariyañāṇadassanaṁ samudācareyya, “iti jānāmi, iti passāmī”ti,

    If a nun falsely claims for herself a superhuman quality, a knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones, saying, ‘This I know, this I see,’

51. 51

    ततोta·to अपरेनa·pa·re·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na समनुग्गाहीयमानाsa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·nā वाvā असमनुग्गाहीयमानाa·sa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·nā वाvā आपन्नाā·pan·nā विसुद्धापेक्खाvi·sud·dhā·pek·khā एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य,va·dey·ya “अजानमेवं,a·jā·na·me·vaṃ अय्ये,ay·ye अवचंa·va·caṃ जानामि,jā·nā·mi अपस्संa·pas·saṃ पस्सामि,pas·sā·mi तुच्छंtuc·chaṃ मुसाmu·sā विलपि”न्ति,vi·la·pi

    tato aparena samayena samanuggāhīyamānā vā asamanuggāhīyamānā vā āpannā visuddhāpekkhā evaṁ vadeyya, “ajānamevaṁ, ayye, avacaṁ jānāmi, apassaṁ passāmi, tucchaṁ musā vilapi”nti,

    but after some time—whether she is questioned or not, but having committed the offense and seeking purification—should say: ‘Not knowing I said that I know, not seeing that I see; what I said was empty and false,’ then,

52. 52

    अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra अधिमाना,a·dhi·mā·nā

    aññatra adhimānā,

    except if it is due to overestimation,

53. 53

    अयम्पिa·yam·pi पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā होतिho·ti असंवासा।a·saṃ·vā·sā

    ayampi pārājikā hoti asaṁvāsā.

    she too is expelled and excluded from the community.

54. 54

    पाराजिकpā·rā·ji·ka 5। उब्भजाणुमण्डलिकासिक्खापदंub·bha·jā·ṇu·maṇ·ḍa·li·kā·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Pārājika 5. Ubbhajāṇumaṇḍalikāsikkhāpadaṁ

    Expulsion 5: physical contact with a man

55. 55

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अवस्सुताa·vas·su·tā अवस्सुतस्सa·vas·su·tas·sa पुरिसपुग्गलस्स,pu·ri·sa·pug·ga·las·sa अधक्खकंa·dhak·kha·kaṃ उब्भजाणुमण्डलंub·bha·jā·ṇu·maṇ·ḍa·laṃ आमसनंā·ma·sa·naṃ वाvā परामसनंpa·rā·ma·sa·naṃ वाvā गहणंga·ha·ṇaṃ वाvā छुपनंchu·pa·naṃ वाvā पटिपीळनंpa·ṭi·pī·ḷa·naṃ वाvā सादियेय्य,sā·di·yey·ya अयम्पिa·yam·pi पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā होतिho·ti असंवासाa·saṃ·vā·sā उब्भजाणुमण्डलिका।ub·bha·jā·ṇu·maṇ·ḍa·li·kā

    Yā pana bhikkhunī avassutā avassutassa purisapuggalassa, adhakkhakaṁ ubbhajāṇumaṇḍalaṁ āmasanaṁ vā parāmasanaṁ vā gahaṇaṁ vā chupanaṁ vā paṭipīḷanaṁ vā sādiyeyya, ayampi pārājikā hoti asaṁvāsā ubbhajāṇumaṇḍalikā.

    If a lustful nun consents to a lustful man making physical contact with her, to touching her, to taking hold of her, to contacting her, or to squeezing her, anywhere below the collar bone but above the knees, she too is expelled and excluded from the community. The training rule on above the knees.

56. 56

    पाराजिकpā·rā·ji·ka 6। वज्जप्पटिच्छादिकासिक्खापदंvaj·jap·pa·ṭic·chā·di·kā·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Pārājika 6. Vajjappaṭicchādikāsikkhāpadaṁ

    Expulsion 6: concealing an expulsion offense

57. 57

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī जानंjā·naṃ पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ अज्झापन्नंaj·jhā·pan·naṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ नेवत्तनाne·vat·ta·nā पटिचोदेय्य,pa·ṭi·co·dey·ya नna गणस्सga·ṇas·sa आरोचेय्य,ā·ro·cey·ya यदाya·dā चca साsā ठिताṭhi·tā वाvā अस्सas·sa चुताcu·tā वाvā नासिताnā·si·tā वाvā अवस्सटाa·vas·sa·ṭā वा,vā साsā पच्छाpac·chā एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य:va·dey·ya “पुब्बेवाहं,pub·be·vā·haṃ अय्ये,ay·ye अञ्ञासिंañ·ñā·siṃ एतंe·taṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ ‘एवरूपाe·va·rū·pā चca एवरूपाe·va·rū·pā चca साsā भगिनी’ति,bha·gi·nī नोno चca खोkho अत्तनाat·ta·nā पटिचोदेस्सं,pa·ṭi·co·des·saṃ नna गणस्सga·ṇas·sa आरोचेस्स”न्ति,ā·ro·ces·sa अयम्पिa·yam·pi पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā होतिho·ti असंवासाa·saṃ·vā·sā वज्जप्पटिच्छादिका।vaj·jap·pa·ṭic·chā·di·kā

    Yā pana bhikkhunī jānaṁ pārājikaṁ dhammaṁ ajjhāpannaṁ bhikkhuniṁ nevattanā paṭicodeyya, na gaṇassa āroceyya, yadā ca sā ṭhitā vā assa cutā vā nāsitā vā avassaṭā vā, sā pacchā evaṁ vadeyya: “pubbevāhaṁ, ayye, aññāsiṁ etaṁ bhikkhuniṁ ‘evarūpā ca evarūpā ca sā bhaginī’ti, no ca kho attanā paṭicodessaṁ, na gaṇassa ārocessa”nti, ayampi pārājikā hoti asaṁvāsā vajjappaṭicchādikā.

    If a nun knows that a nun has committed an offense entailing expulsion, but she neither confronts her herself nor tells the community, and afterward—whether that nun remains or has died or has been expelled or has converted—she says, ‘Venerables, although I previously knew that this nun was like this, I thought, “I will neither confront her myself nor tell the community,”’ she too is expelled and excluded from the community. The training rule on those who conceal offenses.

58. 58

    पाराजिकpā·rā·ji·ka 7। उक्खित्तानुवत्तिकासिक्खापदंuk·khit·tā·nu·vat·ti·kā·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Pārājika 7. Ukkhittānuvattikāsikkhāpadaṁ

    Expulsion 7: siding with an ejected monk

59. 59

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī समग्गेनsa·mag·ge·na सङ्घेनsaṅ·ghe·na उक्खित्तंuk·khit·taṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ धम्मेनdham·me·na विनयेनvi·na·ye·na सत्थुसासनेनsat·thu·sā·sa·ne·na अनादरंa·nā·da·raṃ अप्पटिकारंap·pa·ṭi·kā·raṃ अकतसहायंa·ka·ta·sa·hā·yaṃ तमनुवत्तेय्य,ta·ma·nu·vat·tey·ya साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीया:va·ca·nī·yā

    Yā pana bhikkhunī samaggena saṅghena ukkhittaṁ bhikkhuṁ dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena anādaraṁ appaṭikāraṁ akatasahāyaṁ tamanuvatteyya, sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi evamassa vacanīyā:

    If a nun takes sides with a monk who has been ejected by a unanimous Sangha—in accordance with the Teaching, the Monastic Law, and the Teacher’s instruction—and who is disrespectful, who has not made amends, and who has not made friends, the nuns should correct her like this:

60. 60

    “एसोe·so खो,kho अय्ये,ay·ye भिक्खुbhik·khu समग्गेनsa·mag·ge·na सङ्घेनsaṅ·ghe·na उक्खित्तो,uk·khit·to धम्मेनdham·me·na विनयेनvi·na·ye·na सत्थुसासनेनsat·thu·sā·sa·ne·na अनादरोa·nā·da·ro अप्पटिकारोap·pa·ṭi·kā·ro अकतसहायो,a·ka·ta·sa·hā·yo माय्ये,māy·ye एतंe·taṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ अनुवत्ती”ति,a·nu·vat·tī

    “eso kho, ayye, bhikkhu samaggena saṅghena ukkhitto, dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena anādaro appaṭikāro akatasahāyo, māyye, etaṁ bhikkhuṁ anuvattī”ti,

    ‘Venerable, this monk has been ejected by a unanimous Sangha in accordance with the Teaching, the Monastic Law, and the Teacher’s instruction. He’s disrespectful, hasn’t made amends, and hasn’t made friends. Venerable, don’t take sides with this monk.’

61. 61

    एवञ्चe·vañ·ca साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi वुच्चमानाvuc·ca·mā·nā तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्य,pag·gaṇ·hey·ya साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ समनुभासितब्बाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·tab·bā तस्सtas·sa पटिनिस्सग्गाय,pa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·ya

    evañca sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi vuccamānā tatheva paggaṇheyya, sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbā tassa paṭinissaggāya,

    If that nun continues as before, the nuns should press her up to three times to make her stop.

62. 62

    यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ चेce समनुभासियमानाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·ya·mā·nā तंtaṃ पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं,ku·sa·laṃ

    yāvatatiyaṁ ce samanubhāsiyamānā taṁ paṭinissajjeyya, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ,

    If she then stops, all is well.

63. 63

    नोno चेce पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya अयम्पिa·yam·pi पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā होतिho·ti असंवासाa·saṃ·vā·sā उक्खित्तानुवत्तिका।uk·khit·tā·nu·vat·ti·kā

    no ce paṭinissajjeyya, ayampi pārājikā hoti asaṁvāsā ukkhittānuvattikā.

    If she does not stop, she too is expelled and excluded from the community. The training rule on taking sides with one who has been ejected.

64. 64

    पाराजिकpā·rā·ji·ka 8। अट्ठवत्थुकासिक्खापदंaṭ·ṭha·vat·thu·kā·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Pārājika 8. Aṭṭhavatthukāsikkhāpadaṁ

    Expulsion 8: behaving inappropriately in eight ways

65. 65

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अवस्सुताa·vas·su·tā अवस्सुतस्सa·vas·su·tas·sa पुरिसपुग्गलस्सpu·ri·sa·pug·ga·las·sa हत्थग्गहणंhat·thag·ga·ha·ṇaṃ वाvā सादियेय्य,sā·di·yey·ya सङ्घाटिकण्णग्गहणंsaṅ·ghā·ṭi·kaṇ·ṇag·ga·ha·ṇaṃ वाvā सादियेय्य,sā·di·yey·ya सन्तिट्ठेय्यsan·tiṭ·ṭhey·ya वा,vā सल्लपेय्यsal·la·pey·ya वा,vā सङ्केतंsaṅ·ke·taṃ वाvā गच्छेय्य,gac·chey·ya पुरिसस्सpu·ri·sas·sa वाvā अब्भागमनंab·bhā·ga·ma·naṃ सादियेय्य,sā·di·yey·ya छन्नंchan·naṃ वाvā अनुपविसेय्य,a·nu·pa·vi·sey·ya कायंkā·yaṃ वाvā तदत्थायta·dat·thā·ya उपसंहरेय्यu·pa·saṃ·ha·rey·ya एतस्सe·tas·sa असद्धम्मस्सa·sad·dham·mas·sa पटिसेवनत्थाय,pa·ṭi·se·va·nat·thā·ya अयम्पिa·yam·pi पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā होतिho·ti असंवासाa·saṃ·vā·sā अट्ठवत्थुका।aṭ·ṭha·vat·thu·kā

    Yā pana bhikkhunī avassutā avassutassa purisapuggalassa hatthaggahaṇaṁ vā sādiyeyya, saṅghāṭikaṇṇaggahaṇaṁ vā sādiyeyya, santiṭṭheyya vā, sallapeyya vā, saṅketaṁ vā gaccheyya, purisassa vā abbhāgamanaṁ sādiyeyya, channaṁ vā anupaviseyya, kāyaṁ vā tadatthāya upasaṁhareyya etassa asaddhammassa paṭisevanatthāya, ayampi pārājikā hoti asaṁvāsā aṭṭhavatthukā.

    If, for the purpose of indulging in inappropriate sexual conduct, a lustful nun consents to a lustful man holding her hand and the edge of her robe, and she stands with him and chats with him and goes to a rendezvous with him and consents to him coming to her and enters a covered place with him and disposes her body for him for that purpose, she too is expelled and excluded from the community. The training rule having eight parts.

66. 66

    उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā खो,kho अय्यायो,ay·yā·yo अट्ठaṭ·ṭha पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā धम्मा।dham·mā

    Uddiṭṭhā kho, ayyāyo, aṭṭha pārājikā dhammā.

    Venerables, the eight rules on expulsion have been recited.

67. 67

    येसंye·saṃ भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ वाvā अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ वाvā आपज्जित्वाā·paj·jit·vā नna लभतिla·bha·ti भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ संवासंsaṃ·vā·saṃ

    Yesaṁ bhikkhunī aññataraṁ vā aññataraṁ vā āpajjitvā na labhati bhikkhunīhi saddhiṁ saṁvāsaṁ

    If a nun commits any one of them, she is no longer part of the community of nuns.

68. 68

    यथाya·thā पुरे,pu·re तथाta·thā पच्छा,pac·chā पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā होतिho·ti असंवासा।a·saṃ·vā·sā

    yathā pure, tathā pacchā, pārājikā hoti asaṁvāsā.

    As before, so after: she’s expelled and excluded from the community.

69. 69

    तत्थाय्यायोtat·thāy·yā·yo पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

    Tatthāyyāyo pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

    In regard to this I ask you, ‘Are you pure in this?’

70. 70

    दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

    dutiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

    A second time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

71. 71

    ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

    tatiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

    A third time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

72. 72

    परिसुद्धेत्थाय्यायो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thāy·yā·yo तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

    parisuddhetthāyyāyo, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

    You are pure in this and therefore silent. I will remember it thus.

73. 73

    पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

    Pārājikaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

    The offenses entailing expulsion are finished.

74. 74

    सङ्घादिसेसुद्देसोsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sud·de·so

    Saṅghādisesuddeso

    The recitation of the rules of suspension

75. 75

    इमेi·me खोkho पनाय्यायोpa·nāy·yā·yo सत्तरसsat·ta·ra·sa सङ्घादिसेसाsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sā धम्माdham·mā उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छन्ति।ā·gac·chan·ti

    Ime kho panāyyāyo sattarasa saṅghādisesā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.

    Venerables, these seventeen rules on suspension come up for recitation.

76. 76

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 1। उस्सयवादिकासिक्खापदंus·sa·ya·vā·di·kā·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Saṅghādisesa 1. Ussayavādikāsikkhāpadaṁ

    Suspension 1: taking legal action

77. 77

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī उस्सयवादिकाus·sa·ya·vā·di·kā विहरेय्यvi·ha·rey·ya गहपतिनाga·ha·pa·ti·nā वाvā गहपतिपुत्तेनga·ha·pa·ti·put·te·na वाvā दासेनdā·se·na वाvā कम्मकारेनkam·ma·kā·re·na वाvā अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so समणपरिब्बाजकेनापि,sa·ma·ṇa·pa·rib·bā·ja·ke·nā·pi अयम्पिa·yam·pi भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पठमापत्तिकंpa·ṭha·mā·pat·ti·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ आपन्नाā·pan·nā निस्सारणीयंnis·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ सङ्घादिसेसं।saṅ·ghā·di·se·saṃ

    Yā pana bhikkhunī ussayavādikā vihareyya gahapatinā vā gahapatiputtena vā dāsena vā kammakārena vā antamaso samaṇaparibbājakenāpi, ayampi bhikkhunī paṭhamāpattikaṁ dhammaṁ āpannā nissāraṇīyaṁ saṅghādisesaṁ.

    If a nun takes legal action against a householder or a householder’s offspring or a slave or a worker or even toward a monastic or a wanderer, then that nun has committed an immediate offense entailing sending away and suspension.

78. 78

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 2। चोरीवुट्ठापिकासिक्खापदंco·rī·vuṭ·ṭhā·pi·kā·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Saṅghādisesa 2. Corīvuṭṭhāpikāsikkhāpadaṁ

    Suspension 2: ordaining a criminal

79. 79

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī जानंjā·naṃ चोरिंco·riṃ वज्झंvaj·jhaṃ विदितंvi·di·taṃ अनपलोकेत्वाa·na·pa·lo·ket·vā राजानंrā·jā·naṃ वाvā सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ वाvā गणंga·ṇaṃ वाvā पूगंpū·gaṃ वाvā सेणिंse·ṇiṃ वा,vā अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra कप्पाkap·pā वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya अयम्पिa·yam·pi भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पठमापत्तिकंpa·ṭha·mā·pat·ti·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ आपन्नाā·pan·nā निस्सारणीयंnis·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ सङ्घादिसेसं।saṅ·ghā·di·se·saṃ

    Yā pana bhikkhunī jānaṁ coriṁ vajjhaṁ viditaṁ anapaloketvā rājānaṁ vā saṅghaṁ vā gaṇaṁ vā pūgaṁ vā seṇiṁ vā, aññatra kappā vuṭṭhāpeyya, ayampi bhikkhunī paṭhamāpattikaṁ dhammaṁ āpannā nissāraṇīyaṁ saṅghādisesaṁ.

    If a nun, without getting permission from the king or the Sangha or a community or an association or a society, knowingly gives the full admission to a female criminal who is known as sentenced to death, then, except when it is allowable, that nun too has committed an immediate offense entailing sending away and suspension.

80. 80

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 3। एकगामन्तरगमनसिक्खापदंe·ka·gā·man·ta·ra·ga·ma·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Saṅghādisesa 3. Ekagāmantaragamanasikkhāpadaṁ

    Suspension 3: being alone

81. 81

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī एकाe·kā वाvā गामन्तरंgā·man·ta·raṃ गच्छेय्य,gac·chey·ya एकाe·kā वाvā नदीपारंna·dī·pā·raṃ गच्छेय्य,gac·chey·ya एकाe·kā वाvā रत्तिंrat·tiṃ विप्पवसेय्य,vip·pa·va·sey·ya एकाe·kā वाvā गणम्हाga·ṇam·hā ओहियेय्य,o·hi·yey·ya अयम्पिa·yam·pi भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पठमापत्तिकंpa·ṭha·mā·pat·ti·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ आपन्नाā·pan·nā निस्सारणीयंnis·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ सङ्घादिसेसं।saṅ·ghā·di·se·saṃ

    Yā pana bhikkhunī ekā vā gāmantaraṁ gaccheyya, ekā vā nadīpāraṁ gaccheyya, ekā vā rattiṁ vippavaseyya, ekā vā gaṇamhā ohiyeyya, ayampi bhikkhunī paṭhamāpattikaṁ dhammaṁ āpannā nissāraṇīyaṁ saṅghādisesaṁ.

    If a nun walks to the next inhabited area by herself or crosses a river by herself or spends the night apart by herself or lags behind her companions by herself, then that nun too has committed an immediate offense entailing sending away and suspension.

82. 82

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 4। उक्खित्तकओसारणसिक्खापदंuk·khit·ta·ka·o·sā·ra·ṇa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Saṅghādisesa 4. Ukkhittakaosāraṇasikkhāpadaṁ

    Suspension 4: readmitting an ejected nun

83. 83

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī समग्गेनsa·mag·ge·na सङ्घेनsaṅ·ghe·na उक्खित्तंuk·khit·taṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ धम्मेनdham·me·na विनयेनvi·na·ye·na सत्थुसासनेनsat·thu·sā·sa·ne·na अनपलोकेत्वाa·na·pa·lo·ket·vā कारकसङ्घं,kā·ra·ka·saṅ·ghaṃ अनञ्ञायa·nañ·ñā·ya गणस्सga·ṇas·sa छन्दंchan·daṃ ओसारेय्य,o·sā·rey·ya अयम्पिa·yam·pi भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पठमापत्तिकंpa·ṭha·mā·pat·ti·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ आपन्नाā·pan·nā निस्सारणीयंnis·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ सङ्घादिसेसं।saṅ·ghā·di·se·saṃ

    Yā pana bhikkhunī samaggena saṅghena ukkhittaṁ bhikkhuniṁ dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena anapaloketvā kārakasaṅghaṁ, anaññāya gaṇassa chandaṁ osāreyya, ayampi bhikkhunī paṭhamāpattikaṁ dhammaṁ āpannā nissāraṇīyaṁ saṅghādisesaṁ.

    If a nun, without getting permission from the Sangha that did the legal procedure and without the consent of the community, readmits a nun who has been ejected by a unanimous Sangha in accordance with the Teaching and the Monastic Law and the Teacher’s instruction, then that nun too has committed an immediate offense entailing sending away and suspension.

84. 84

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 5। भोजनपटिग्गहणपठमसिक्खापदंbho·ja·na·pa·ṭig·ga·ha·ṇa·pa·ṭha·ma·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Saṅghādisesa 5. Bhojanapaṭiggahaṇapaṭhamasikkhāpadaṁ

    Suspension 5: receiving food with lust

85. 85

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अवस्सुताa·vas·su·tā अवस्सुतस्सa·vas·su·tas·sa पुरिसपुग्गलस्सpu·ri·sa·pug·ga·las·sa हत्थतोhat·tha·to खादनीयंkhā·da·nī·yaṃ वा,vā भोजनीयंbho·ja·nī·yaṃ वाvā सहत्थाsa·hat·thā पटिग्गहेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·het·vā खादेय्यkhā·dey·ya वाvā भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya वा,vā अयम्पिa·yam·pi भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पठमापत्तिकंpa·ṭha·mā·pat·ti·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ आपन्नाā·pan·nā निस्सारणीयंnis·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ सङ्घादिसेसं।saṅ·ghā·di·se·saṃ

    Yā pana bhikkhunī avassutā avassutassa purisapuggalassa hatthato khādanīyaṁ vā, bhojanīyaṁ vā sahatthā paṭiggahetvā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, ayampi bhikkhunī paṭhamāpattikaṁ dhammaṁ āpannā nissāraṇīyaṁ saṅghādisesaṁ.

    If a lustful nun eats fresh or cooked food after receiving it directly from a lustful man, then that nun too has committed an immediate offense entailing sending away and suspension.

86. 86

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 6। भोजनपटिग्गहणदुतियसिक्खापदंbho·ja·na·pa·ṭig·ga·ha·ṇa·du·ti·ya·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Saṅghādisesa 6. Bhojanapaṭiggahaṇadutiyasikkhāpadaṁ

    Suspension 6: encouraging a nun to receive food from a man with lust

87. 87

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य:va·dey·ya “किंkiṃ ते,te अय्ये,ay·ye एसोe·so पुरिसपुग्गलोpu·ri·sa·pug·ga·lo करिस्सतिka·ris·sa·ti अवस्सुतोa·vas·su·to वाvā अनवस्सुतोa·na·vas·su·to वा,vā यतोya·to त्वंtvaṃ अनवस्सुता,a·na·vas·su·tā इङ्घ,iṅ·gha अय्ये,ay·ye यंyaṃ तेte एसोe·so पुरिसपुग्गलोpu·ri·sa·pug·ga·lo देतिde·ti खादनीयंkhā·da·nī·yaṃ वाvā भोजनीयंbho·ja·nī·yaṃ वा,vā तंtaṃ त्वंtvaṃ सहत्थाsa·hat·thā पटिग्गहेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·het·vā खादkhā·da वाvā भुञ्जbhuñ·ja वा”ति,vā अयम्पिa·yam·pi भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पठमापत्तिकंpa·ṭha·mā·pat·ti·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ आपन्नाā·pan·nā निस्सारणीयंnis·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ सङ्घादिसेसं।saṅ·ghā·di·se·saṃ

    Yā pana bhikkhunī evaṁ vadeyya: “kiṁ te, ayye, eso purisapuggalo karissati avassuto vā anavassuto vā, yato tvaṁ anavassutā, iṅgha, ayye, yaṁ te eso purisapuggalo deti khādanīyaṁ vā bhojanīyaṁ vā, taṁ tvaṁ sahatthā paṭiggahetvā khāda vā bhuñja vā”ti, ayampi bhikkhunī paṭhamāpattikaṁ dhammaṁ āpannā nissāraṇīyaṁ saṅghādisesaṁ.

    If a nun says, ‘Venerable, what can this man do to you, whether he has lust or not, if you’re without? Go on, venerable, receive it with your own hands and then eat whatever fresh or cooked food he gives you,’ then that nun too has committed an immediate offense entailing sending away and suspension.

88. 88

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 7। सञ्चरित्तसिक्खापदंsañ·ca·rit·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Saṅghādisesa 7. Sañcarittasikkhāpadaṁ

    Suspension 7: matchmaking

89. 89

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सञ्चरित्तंsañ·ca·rit·taṃ समापज्जेय्यsa·mā·paj·jey·ya इत्थियाit·thi·yā वाvā पुरिसमतिं,pu·ri·sa·ma·tiṃ पुरिसस्सpu·ri·sas·sa वाvā इत्थिमतिं,it·thi·ma·tiṃ जायत्तनेjā·yat·ta·ne वाvā जारत्तनेjā·rat·ta·ne वाvā अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so तङ्खणिकायपि,taṅ·kha·ṇi·kā·ya·pi अयम्पिa·yam·pi भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पठमापत्तिकंpa·ṭha·mā·pat·ti·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ आपन्नाā·pan·nā निस्सारणीयंnis·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ सङ्घादिसेसं।saṅ·ghā·di·se·saṃ

    Yā pana bhikkhunī sañcarittaṁ samāpajjeyya itthiyā vā purisamatiṁ, purisassa vā itthimatiṁ, jāyattane vā jārattane vā antamaso taṅkhaṇikāyapi, ayampi bhikkhunī paṭhamāpattikaṁ dhammaṁ āpannā nissāraṇīyaṁ saṅghādisesaṁ.

    If a nun acts as a matchmaker, conveying a man’s intention to a woman or a woman’s intention to a man, for marriage or for an affair, even if just a brief one, then that nun too has committed an immediate offense entailing sending away and suspension.

90. 90

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 8। दुट्ठदोससिक्खापदंduṭ·ṭha·do·sa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Saṅghādisesa 8. Duṭṭhadosasikkhāpadaṁ

    Suspension 8: making a groundless accusation out of anger

91. 91

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ दुट्ठाduṭ·ṭhā दोसाdo·sā अप्पतीताap·pa·tī·tā अमूलकेनa·mū·la·ke·na पाराजिकेनpā·rā·ji·ke·na धम्मेनdham·me·na अनुद्धंसेय्य:a·nud·dhaṃ·sey·ya “अप्पेवap·pe·va नामnā·ma नंnaṃ इमम्हाi·mam·hā ब्रह्मचरियाbrah·ma·ca·ri·yā चावेय्य”न्ति,cā·vey·ya

    Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniṁ duṭṭhā dosā appatītā amūlakena pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṁseyya: “appeva nāma naṁ imamhā brahmacariyā cāveyya”nti,

    If a nun who is angry and displeased groundlessly charges a nun with an offense entailing expulsion, aiming to make her leave the monastic life,

92. 92

    ततोta·to अपरेनa·pa·re·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na समनुग्गाहीयमानाsa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·nā वाvā असa·sa मनुग्गाहीयमानाma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·nā वाvā अमूलकञ्चेवa·mū·la·kañ·ce·va तंtaṃ अधिकरणंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ होति,ho·ti भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī चca दोसंdo·saṃ पतिट्ठाति,pa·tiṭ·ṭhā·ti अयम्पिa·yam·pi भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पठमापत्तिकंpa·ṭha·mā·pat·ti·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ आपन्नाā·pan·nā निस्सारणीयंnis·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ सङ्घादिसेसं।saṅ·ghā·di·se·saṃ

    tato aparena samayena samanuggāhīyamānā vā asa manuggāhīyamānā vā amūlakañceva taṁ adhikaraṇaṁ hoti, bhikkhunī ca dosaṁ patiṭṭhāti, ayampi bhikkhunī paṭhamāpattikaṁ dhammaṁ āpannā nissāraṇīyaṁ saṅghādisesaṁ.

    and then after some time, whether she is questioned or not, it is clear that the legal issue is groundless, and she admits to her ill will, then that nun too has committed an immediate offense entailing sending away and suspension.

93. 93

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 9। अञ्ञभागियसिक्खापदंañ·ña·bhā·gi·ya·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Saṅghādisesa 9. Aññabhāgiyasikkhāpadaṁ

    Suspension 9: making a groundless accusation out of anger, using a pretext

94. 94

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ दुट्ठाduṭ·ṭhā दोसाdo·sā अप्पतीताap·pa·tī·tā अञ्ञभागियस्सañ·ña·bhā·gi·yas·sa अधिकरणस्सa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇas·sa किञ्चिदेसंkiñ·ci·de·saṃ लेसमत्तंle·sa·mat·taṃ उपादायu·pā·dā·ya पाराजिकेनpā·rā·ji·ke·na धम्मेनdham·me·na अनुद्धंसेय्य,a·nud·dhaṃ·sey·ya “अप्पेवap·pe·va नामnā·ma नंnaṃ इमम्हाi·mam·hā ब्रह्मचरियाbrah·ma·ca·ri·yā चावेय्य”न्ति,cā·vey·ya

    Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniṁ duṭṭhā dosā appatītā aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassa kiñcidesaṁ lesamattaṁ upādāya pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṁseyya, “appeva nāma naṁ imamhā brahmacariyā cāveyya”nti,

    If a nun who is angry and displeased, uses an unrelated legal issue as a pretext to charge a nun with an offense entailing expulsion, aiming to make her leave the monastic life,

95. 95

    ततोta·to अपरेनa·pa·re·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na समनुग्गाहीयमानाsa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·nā वाvā असमनुग्गाहीयमानाa·sa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·nā वाvā अञ्ञभागियञ्चेवañ·ña·bhā·gi·yañ·ce·va तंtaṃ अधिकरणंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ होति।ho·ti कोचिदेसोko·ci·de·so लेसमत्तोle·sa·mat·to उपादिन्नो,u·pā·din·no भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī चca दोसंdo·saṃ पतिट्ठाति,pa·tiṭ·ṭhā·ti अयम्पिa·yam·pi भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पठमापत्तिकंpa·ṭha·mā·pat·ti·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ आपन्नाā·pan·nā निस्सारणीयंnis·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ सङ्घादिसेसं।saṅ·ghā·di·se·saṃ

    tato aparena samayena samanuggāhīyamānā vā asamanuggāhīyamānā vā aññabhāgiyañceva taṁ adhikaraṇaṁ hoti. Kocideso lesamatto upādinno, bhikkhunī ca dosaṁ patiṭṭhāti, ayampi bhikkhunī paṭhamāpattikaṁ dhammaṁ āpannā nissāraṇīyaṁ saṅghādisesaṁ.

    and then after some time, whether she is questioned or not, it is clear that the legal issue is unrelated and was used as a pretext, and she admits to her ill will, then that nun too has committed an immediate offense entailing sending away and suspension.

96. 96

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 10। सिक्खंपच्चाचिक्खणसिक्खापदंsik·khaṃ·pac·cā·cik·kha·ṇa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

    Saṅghādisesa 10. Sikkhaṁpaccācikkhaṇasikkhāpadaṁ

    Suspension 10: renouncing the training in anger

97. 97

    याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī कुपिताku·pi·tā अनत्तमनाa·nat·ta·ma·nā एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य:va·dey·ya

    Yā pana bhikkhunī kupitā anattamanā evaṁ vadeyya:

    If a nun says in anger,

98. 98

    “बुद्धंbud·dhaṃ पच्चाचिक्खामिpac·cā·cik·khā·mi धम्मंdham·maṃ पच्चाचिक्खामि,pac·cā·cik·khā·mi सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ पच्चाचिक्खामि,pac·cā·cik·khā·mi सिक्खंsik·khaṃ पच्चाचिक्खामि,pac·cā·cik·khā·mi किन्नुमावkin·nu·mā·va समणियोsa·ma·ṇi·yo याyā समणियोsa·ma·ṇi·yo सक्यधीतरो,sak·ya·dhī·ta·ro सन्तञ्ञापिsan·tañ·ñā·pi समणियोsa·ma·ṇi·yo लज्जिनियोlaj·ji·ni·yo कुक्कुच्चिकाkuk·kuc·ci·kā सिक्खाकामा,sik·khā·kā·mā तासाहंtā·sā·haṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke ब्रह्मचरियंbrah·ma·ca·ri·yaṃ चरिस्सामी”ति।ca·ris·sā·mī

    “buddhaṁ paccācikkhāmi dhammaṁ paccācikkhāmi, saṅghaṁ paccācikkhāmi, sikkhaṁ paccācikkhāmi, kinnumāva samaṇiyo yā samaṇiyo sakyadhītaro, santaññāpi samaṇiyo lajjiniyo kukkuccikā sikkhākāmā, tāsāhaṁ santike brahmacariyaṁ carissāmī”ti.

    ‘I renounce the Buddha, I renounce the Teaching, I renounce the Sangha, I renounce the training! The Sakyan daughters are not the only monastics. There are other monastics who have a sense of conscience, who are afraid of wrongdoing and fond of the training. I’ll practice the spiritual life with them,’

99. 99

    साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीया:va·ca·nī·yā

    Sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi evamassa vacanīyā:

    then the nuns should correct her like this:

100. 100

     “माय्येmāy·ye कुपिताku·pi·tā अनत्तमनाa·nat·ta·ma·nā एवंe·vaṃ अवचa·va·ca ‘बुद्धंbud·dhaṃ पच्चाचिक्खामि,pac·cā·cik·khā·mi धम्मंdham·maṃ पच्चाचिक्खामि,pac·cā·cik·khā·mi सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ पच्चाचिक्खामि,pac·cā·cik·khā·mi सिक्खंsik·khaṃ पच्चाचिक्खामि,pac·cā·cik·khā·mi किन्नुमावkin·nu·mā·va समणियोsa·ma·ṇi·yo याyā समणियोsa·ma·ṇi·yo सक्यधीतरो,sak·ya·dhī·ta·ro सन्तञ्ञापिsan·tañ·ñā·pi समणियोsa·ma·ṇi·yo लज्जिनियोlaj·ji·ni·yo कुक्कुच्चिकाkuk·kuc·ci·kā सिक्खाकामा,sik·khā·kā·mā तासाहंtā·sā·haṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke ब्रह्मचरियंbrah·ma·ca·ri·yaṃ चरिस्सामी’ति,ca·ris·sā·mī अभिरमाय्ये,a·bhi·ra·māy·ye स्वाक्खातोsvāk·khā·to धम्मो,dham·mo चरca·ra ब्रह्मचरियंbrah·ma·ca·ri·yaṃ सम्माsam·mā दुक्खस्सduk·khas·sa अन्तकिरियाया”ति,an·ta·ki·ri·yā·yā

     “māyye kupitā anattamanā evaṁ avaca ‘buddhaṁ paccācikkhāmi, dhammaṁ paccācikkhāmi, saṅghaṁ paccācikkhāmi, sikkhaṁ paccācikkhāmi, kinnumāva samaṇiyo yā samaṇiyo sakyadhītaro, santaññāpi samaṇiyo lajjiniyo kukkuccikā sikkhākāmā, tāsāhaṁ santike brahmacariyaṁ carissāmī’ti, abhiramāyye, svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti,

     ‘Venerable, don’t say such things in anger, “I renounce the Buddha, I renounce the Teaching, I renounce the Sangha, I renounce the training! The Sakyan daughters are not the only monastics. There are other monastics who have a sense of conscience, who are afraid of wrongdoing and fond of the training. I’ll practice the spiritual life with them.” Take delight, venerable; the Teaching is well proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life for the complete ending of suffering.’

101. 101

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi वुच्चमानाvuc·ca·mā·nā तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्य,pag·gaṇ·hey·ya साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ समनुभासितब्बाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·tab·bā तस्सtas·sa पटिनिस्सग्गाय,pa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·ya

     evañca sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi vuccamānā tatheva paggaṇheyya, sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbā tassa paṭinissaggāya,

     If that nun continues as before, the nuns should press her up to three times to make her stop.

102. 102

     यावततियञ्चेyā·va·ta·ti·yañ·ce समनुभासियमानाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·ya·mā·nā तंtaṃ पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं,ku·sa·laṃ

     yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsiyamānā taṁ paṭinissajjeyya, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ,

     If she then stops, all is well.

103. 103

     नोno चेce पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya अयम्पिa·yam·pi भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī यावततियकंyā·va·ta·ti·ya·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ आपन्नाā·pan·nā निस्सारणीयंnis·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ सङ्घादिसेसं।saṅ·ghā·di·se·saṃ

     no ce paṭinissajjeyya, ayampi bhikkhunī yāvatatiyakaṁ dhammaṁ āpannā nissāraṇīyaṁ saṅghādisesaṁ.

     If she does not stop, then after the third announcement that nun too has committed an offense entailing sending away and suspension.

104. 104

     सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 11। अधिकरणकुपितसिक्खापदंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·ku·pi·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Saṅghādisesa 11. Adhikaraṇakupitasikkhāpadaṁ

     Suspension 11: accusing nuns of acting from bias

105. 105

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī किस्मिञ्चिदेवkis·miñ·ci·de·va अधिकरणेa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇe पच्चाकताpac·cā·ka·tā कुपिताku·pi·tā अनत्तमनाa·nat·ta·ma·nā एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य:va·dey·ya

     Yā pana bhikkhunī kismiñcideva adhikaraṇe paccākatā kupitā anattamanā evaṁ vadeyya:

     If a nun is angry because she has had a legal issue decided against her, saying,

106. 106

     “छन्दगामिनियोchan·da·gā·mi·ni·yo चca भिक्खुनियो,bhik·khu·ni·yo दोसगामिनियोdo·sa·gā·mi·ni·yo चca भिक्खुनियो,bhik·khu·ni·yo मोहगामिनियोmo·ha·gā·mi·ni·yo चca भिक्खुनियो,bhik·khu·ni·yo भयगामिनियोbha·ya·gā·mi·ni·yo चca भिक्खुनियो”ति,bhik·khu·ni·yo साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीया:va·ca·nī·yā

     “chandagāminiyo ca bhikkhuniyo, dosagāminiyo ca bhikkhuniyo, mohagāminiyo ca bhikkhuniyo, bhayagāminiyo ca bhikkhuniyo”ti, sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi evamassa vacanīyā:

     ‘The nuns are acting out of favoritism, ill will, confusion, and fear,’ then the nuns should correct her like this:

107. 107

     “माय्ये,māy·ye किस्मिञ्चिदेवkis·miñ·ci·de·va अधिकरणेa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇe पच्चाकताpac·cā·ka·tā कुपिताku·pi·tā अनत्तमनाa·nat·ta·ma·nā एवंe·vaṃ अवचa·va·ca ‘छन्दगामिनियोchan·da·gā·mi·ni·yo चca भिक्खुनियो,bhik·khu·ni·yo दोसगामिनियोdo·sa·gā·mi·ni·yo चca भिक्खुनियो,bhik·khu·ni·yo मोहगामिनियोmo·ha·gā·mi·ni·yo चca भिक्खुनियो,bhik·khu·ni·yo भयगामिनियोbha·ya·gā·mi·ni·yo चca भिक्खुनियो’ति,bhik·khu·ni·yo

     “māyye, kismiñcideva adhikaraṇe paccākatā kupitā anattamanā evaṁ avaca ‘chandagāminiyo ca bhikkhuniyo, dosagāminiyo ca bhikkhuniyo, mohagāminiyo ca bhikkhuniyo, bhayagāminiyo ca bhikkhuniyo’ti,

     ‘Venerable, just because you’re angry that you’ve had a legal issue decided against you, don’t say, “The nuns are acting out of favoritism, ill will, confusion, and fear.”

108. 108

     अय्याay·yā खोkho छन्दापिchan·dā·pi गच्छेय्य,gac·chey·ya दोसापिdo·sā·pi गच्छेय्य,gac·chey·ya मोहापिmo·hā·pi गच्छेय्य,gac·chey·ya भयापिbha·yā·pi गच्छेय्या”ति।gac·chey·yā

     ayyā kho chandāpi gaccheyya, dosāpi gaccheyya, mohāpi gaccheyya, bhayāpi gaccheyyā”ti.

     Perhaps it’s you who are acting out of favoritism, ill will, confusion, and fear.’

109. 109

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi वुच्चमानाvuc·ca·mā·nā तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्य,pag·gaṇ·hey·ya साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ समनुभासितब्बाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·tab·bā तस्सtas·sa पटिनिस्सग्गाय,pa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·ya

     Evañca sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi vuccamānā tatheva paggaṇheyya, sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbā tassa paṭinissaggāya,

     If that nun continues as before, the nuns should press her up to three times to make her stop.

110. 110

     यावततियञ्चेyā·va·ta·ti·yañ·ce समनुभासियमानाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·ya·mā·nā तंtaṃ पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं,ku·sa·laṃ

     yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsiyamānā taṁ paṭinissajjeyya, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ,

     If she then stops, all is well.

111. 111

     नोno चेce पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya अयम्पिa·yam·pi भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī यावततियकंyā·va·ta·ti·ya·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ आपन्नाā·pan·nā निस्सारणीयंnis·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ सङ्घादिसेसं।saṅ·ghā·di·se·saṃ

     no ce paṭinissajjeyya, ayampi bhikkhunī yāvatatiyakaṁ dhammaṁ āpannā nissāraṇīyaṁ saṅghādisesaṁ.

     If she does not stop, then after the third announcement that nun too has committed an offense entailing sending away and suspension.

112. 112

     सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 12। पापसमाचारपठमसिक्खापदंpā·pa·sa·mā·cā·ra·pa·ṭha·ma·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Saṅghādisesa 12. Pāpasamācārapaṭhamasikkhāpadaṁ

     Suspension 12: inappropriate socializing

113. 113

     भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo पनेवpa·ne·va संसट्ठाsaṃ·saṭ·ṭhā विहरन्तिvi·ha·ran·ti पापाचाराpā·pā·cā·rā पापसद्दाpā·pa·sad·dā पापसिलोकाpā·pa·si·lo·kā भिक्खुनिसङ्घस्सbhik·khu·ni·saṅ·ghas·sa विहेसिकाvi·he·si·kā अञ्ञमञ्ञिस्साañ·ña·mañ·ñis·sā वज्जप्पटिच्छादिका,vaj·jap·pa·ṭic·chā·di·kā

     Bhikkhuniyo paneva saṁsaṭṭhā viharanti pāpācārā pāpasaddā pāpasilokā bhikkhunisaṅghassa vihesikā aññamaññissā vajjappaṭicchādikā,

     If nuns socialize, behave badly, have a bad reputation, are notorious, harass the Sangha of nuns, and hide each other’s offenses,

114. 114

     ताtā भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi एवमस्सुe·va·mas·su वचनीया:va·ca·nī·yā

     tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhunīhi evamassu vacanīyā:

     then the nuns should correct them like this:

115. 115

     “भगिनियोbha·gi·ni·yo खोkho संसट्ठाsaṃ·saṭ·ṭhā विहरन्तिvi·ha·ran·ti पापाचाराpā·pā·cā·rā पापसद्दाpā·pa·sad·dā पापसिलोकाpā·pa·si·lo·kā भिक्खुनिसङ्घस्सbhik·khu·ni·saṅ·ghas·sa विहेसिकाvi·he·si·kā अञ्ञमञ्ञिस्साañ·ña·mañ·ñis·sā वज्जप्पटिच्छादिका,vaj·jap·pa·ṭic·chā·di·kā

     “bhaginiyo kho saṁsaṭṭhā viharanti pāpācārā pāpasaddā pāpasilokā bhikkhunisaṅghassa vihesikā aññamaññissā vajjappaṭicchādikā,

     ‘Sisters, you socialize, behave badly, have a bad reputation, are notorious, harass the Sangha of nuns, and hide each other’s offenses.

116. 116

     विविच्चथाय्ये,vi·vic·ca·thāy·ye विवेकञ्ञेवvi·ve·kañ·ñe·va भगिनीनंbha·gi·nī·naṃ सङ्घोsaṅ·gho वण्णेती”ति,vaṇ·ṇe·tī

     viviccathāyye, vivekaññeva bhaginīnaṁ saṅgho vaṇṇetī”ti,

     Be secluded, venerables. The Sangha praises seclusion for the sisters.’

117. 117

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca ताtā भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi वुच्चमानाvuc·ca·mā·nā तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्युं,pag·gaṇ·hey·yuṃ ताtā भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ समनुभासितब्बाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·tab·bā तस्सtas·sa पटिनिस्सग्गाय,pa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·ya

     evañca tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhunīhi vuccamānā tatheva paggaṇheyyuṁ, tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhunīhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbā tassa paṭinissaggāya,

     If those nuns continue as before, the nuns should press them up to three times to make them stop.

118. 118

     यावततियञ्चेyā·va·ta·ti·yañ·ce समनुभासियमानाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·ya·mā·nā तंtaṃ पटिनिस्सज्जेय्युं,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·yuṃ इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं,ku·sa·laṃ

     yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsiyamānā taṁ paṭinissajjeyyuṁ, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ,

     If they then stop, all is well.

119. 119

     नोno चेce पटिनिस्सज्जेय्युं,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·yuṃ इमापिi·mā·pi भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo यावततियकंyā·va·ta·ti·ya·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ आपन्नाā·pan·nā निस्सारणीयंnis·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ सङ्घादिसेसं।saṅ·ghā·di·se·saṃ

     no ce paṭinissajjeyyuṁ, imāpi bhikkhuniyo yāvatatiyakaṁ dhammaṁ āpannā nissāraṇīyaṁ saṅghādisesaṁ.

     If they do not stop, then after the third announcement those nuns too have committed an offense entailing sending away and suspension.

120. 120

     सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 13। पापसमाचारदुतियसिक्खापदंpā·pa·sa·mā·cā·ra·du·ti·ya·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Saṅghādisesa 13. Pāpasamācāradutiyasikkhāpadaṁ

     Suspension 13: encouraging inappropriate socializing

121. 121

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य:va·dey·ya

     Yā pana bhikkhunī evaṁ vadeyya:

     If a nun says,

122. 122

     “संसट्ठाव,saṃ·saṭ·ṭhā·va अय्ये,ay·ye तुम्हेtum·he विहरथ,vi·ha·ra·tha माmā तुम्हेtum·he नानाnā·nā विहरित्थ,vi·ha·rit·tha

     “saṁsaṭṭhāva, ayye, tumhe viharatha, mā tumhe nānā viharittha,

     ‘Venerables, you should socialize. Don’t live separately.

123. 123

     सन्तिsan·ti सङ्घेsaṅ·ghe अञ्ञापिañ·ñā·pi भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo एवाचाराe·vā·cā·rā एवंसद्दाe·vaṃ·sad·dā एवंसिलोकाe·vaṃ·si·lo·kā भिक्खुनिसङ्घस्सbhik·khu·ni·saṅ·ghas·sa विहेसिकाvi·he·si·kā अञ्ञमञ्ञिस्साañ·ña·mañ·ñis·sā वज्जप्पटिच्छादिका,vaj·jap·pa·ṭic·chā·di·kā ताtā सङ्घोsaṅ·gho नna किञ्चिkiñ·ci आहā·ha

     santi saṅghe aññāpi bhikkhuniyo evācārā evaṁsaddā evaṁsilokā bhikkhunisaṅghassa vihesikā aññamaññissā vajjappaṭicchādikā, tā saṅgho na kiñci āha

     There are other nuns in the Sangha who have such behavior, reputation, and notoriety, and who harass the Sangha of nuns and hide each other’s offenses. The Sangha says nothing to them.

124. 124

     तुम्हञ्ञेवtum·hañ·ñe·va सङ्घोsaṅ·gho उञ्ञायuñ·ñā·ya परिभवेनpa·ri·bha·ve·na अक्खन्तियाak·khan·ti·yā वेभस्सियाve·bhas·si·yā दुब्बल्याdub·bal·yā एवमाह:e·va·mā·ha ‘भगिनियोbha·gi·ni·yo खोkho संसट्ठाsaṃ·saṭ·ṭhā विहरन्तिvi·ha·ran·ti पापाचाराpā·pā·cā·rā पापसद्दाpā·pa·sad·dā पापसिलोकाpā·pa·si·lo·kā भिक्खुनिसङ्घस्सbhik·khu·ni·saṅ·ghas·sa विहेसिकाvi·he·si·kā अञ्ञमञ्ञिस्साañ·ña·mañ·ñis·sā वज्जप्पटिच्छादिका,vaj·jap·pa·ṭic·chā·di·kā विविच्चथाय्ये,vi·vic·ca·thāy·ye विवेकञ्ञेवvi·ve·kañ·ñe·va भगिनीनंbha·gi·nī·naṃ सङ्घोsaṅ·gho वण्णेती”’ति,vaṇ·ṇe·tī

     tumhaññeva saṅgho uññāya paribhavena akkhantiyā vebhassiyā dubbalyā evamāha: ‘bhaginiyo kho saṁsaṭṭhā viharanti pāpācārā pāpasaddā pāpasilokā bhikkhunisaṅghassa vihesikā aññamaññissā vajjappaṭicchādikā, viviccathāyye, vivekaññeva bhaginīnaṁ saṅgho vaṇṇetī”’ti,

     It’s because of disrespect, contempt, impatience, and slander, and because you are weak that the Sangha says to you, “Sisters, you socialize, behave badly, have a bad reputation, are notorious, harass the Sangha of nuns, and hide each other’s offenses. Be secluded, venerables. The Sangha praises seclusion for the sisters,”’

125. 125

     साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीया:va·ca·nī·yā

     sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi evamassa vacanīyā:

     then the nuns should correct her like this:

126. 126

     “माय्ये,māy·ye एवंe·vaṃ अवच,a·va·ca

     “māyye, evaṁ avaca,

     ‘Venerable, don’t say such things:

127. 127

     संसट्ठावsaṃ·saṭ·ṭhā·va अय्येay·ye तुम्हेtum·he विहरथ,vi·ha·ra·tha माmā तुम्हेtum·he नानाnā·nā विहरित्थ,vi·ha·rit·tha

     saṁsaṭṭhāva ayye tumhe viharatha, mā tumhe nānā viharittha,

     “Venerables, you should socialize. Don’t live separately.

128. 128

     सन्तिsan·ti सङ्घेsaṅ·ghe अञ्ञापिañ·ñā·pi भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo एवाचाराe·vā·cā·rā एवंसद्दाe·vaṃ·sad·dā एवंसिलोकाe·vaṃ·si·lo·kā भिक्खुनिसङ्घस्सbhik·khu·ni·saṅ·ghas·sa विहेसिकाvi·he·si·kā अञ्ञमञ्ञिस्साañ·ña·mañ·ñis·sā वज्जप्पटिच्छादिका,vaj·jap·pa·ṭic·chā·di·kā ताtā सङ्घोsaṅ·gho नna किञ्चिkiñ·ci आह,ā·ha

     santi saṅghe aññāpi bhikkhuniyo evācārā evaṁsaddā evaṁsilokā bhikkhunisaṅghassa vihesikā aññamaññissā vajjappaṭicchādikā, tā saṅgho na kiñci āha,

     There are other nuns in the Sangha who have such behavior, reputation, and notoriety, and who harass the Sangha of nuns and hide each other’s offenses. The Sangha says nothing to them.

129. 129

     तुम्हञ्ञेवtum·hañ·ñe·va सङ्घोsaṅ·gho उञ्ञायuñ·ñā·ya परिभवेनpa·ri·bha·ve·na अक्खन्तियाak·khan·ti·yā वेभस्सियाve·bhas·si·yā दुब्बल्याdub·bal·yā एवमाह:e·va·mā·ha ‘भगिनियोbha·gi·ni·yo खोkho संसट्ठाsaṃ·saṭ·ṭhā विहरन्तिvi·ha·ran·ti पापाचाराpā·pā·cā·rā पापसद्दाpā·pa·sad·dā पापसिलोकाpā·pa·si·lo·kā भिक्खुनिसङ्घस्सbhik·khu·ni·saṅ·ghas·sa विहेसिकाvi·he·si·kā अञ्ञमञ्ञिस्साañ·ña·mañ·ñis·sā वज्जप्पटिच्छादिका,vaj·jap·pa·ṭic·chā·di·kā विविच्चथाय्ये,vi·vic·ca·thāy·ye विवेकञ्ञेवvi·ve·kañ·ñe·va भगिनीनंbha·gi·nī·naṃ सङ्घोsaṅ·gho वण्णेती”’ति,vaṇ·ṇe·tī

     tumhaññeva saṅgho uññāya paribhavena akkhantiyā vebhassiyā dubbalyā evamāha: ‘bhaginiyo kho saṁsaṭṭhā viharanti pāpācārā pāpasaddā pāpasilokā bhikkhunisaṅghassa vihesikā aññamaññissā vajjappaṭicchādikā, viviccathāyye, vivekaññeva bhaginīnaṁ saṅgho vaṇṇetī”’ti,

     It’s because of disrespect, contempt, impatience, and slander, and because you are weak that the Sangha says to you, ‘Sisters, you socialize, behave badly, have a bad reputation, are notorious, harass the Sangha of nuns, and hide each other’s offenses. Be secluded, venerables. The Sangha praises seclusion for the sisters,’”’

130. 130

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi वुच्चमानाvuc·ca·mā·nā तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्य,pag·gaṇ·hey·ya साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ समनुभासितब्बाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·tab·bā तस्सtas·sa पटिनिस्सग्गाय,pa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·ya

     evañca sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi vuccamānā tatheva paggaṇheyya, sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbā tassa paṭinissaggāya,

     If that nun continues as before, the nuns should press her up to three times to make her stop.

131. 131

     यावततियञ्चेyā·va·ta·ti·yañ·ce समनुभासियमानाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·ya·mā·nā तंtaṃ पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं,ku·sa·laṃ

     yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsiyamānā taṁ paṭinissajjeyya, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ,

     If she then stops, all is well.

132. 132

     नोno चेce पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya अयम्पिa·yam·pi भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī यावततियकंyā·va·ta·ti·ya·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ आपन्नाā·pan·nā निस्सारणीयंnis·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ सङ्घादिसेसं।saṅ·ghā·di·se·saṃ

     no ce paṭinissajjeyya, ayampi bhikkhunī yāvatatiyakaṁ dhammaṁ āpannā nissāraṇīyaṁ saṅghādisesaṁ.

     If she does not stop, then after the third announcement that nun too has committed an offense entailing sending away and suspension.

133. 133

     सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 14। सङ्घभेदकसिक्खापदंsaṅ·gha·bhe·da·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Saṅghādisesa 14. Saṅghabhedakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Suspension 14: causing a schism in the Sangha

134. 134

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī समग्गस्सsa·mag·gas·sa सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa भेदायbhe·dā·ya परक्कमेय्य,pa·rak·ka·mey·ya भेदनसंवत्तनिकंbhe·da·na·saṃ·vat·ta·ni·kaṃ वाvā अधिकरणंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ समादायsa·mā·dā·ya पग्गय्हpag·gay·ha तिट्ठेय्य,tiṭ·ṭhey·ya साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीया:va·ca·nī·yā

     Yā pana bhikkhunī samaggassa saṅghassa bhedāya parakkameyya, bhedanasaṁvattanikaṁ vā adhikaraṇaṁ samādāya paggayha tiṭṭheyya, sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi evamassa vacanīyā:

     If a nun pursues schism in a united Sangha or persists in taking up a legal issue conducive to schism, the nuns should correct her like this:

135. 135

     “माय्या,māy·yā समग्गस्सsa·mag·gas·sa सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa भेदायbhe·dā·ya परक्कमि,pa·rak·ka·mi भेदनसंवत्तनिकंbhe·da·na·saṃ·vat·ta·ni·kaṃ वाvā अधिकरणंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ समादायsa·mā·dā·ya पग्गय्हpag·gay·ha अट्ठासि,aṭ·ṭhā·si

     “māyyā, samaggassa saṅghassa bhedāya parakkami, bhedanasaṁvattanikaṁ vā adhikaraṇaṁ samādāya paggayha aṭṭhāsi,

     ‘Venerable, don’t pursue schism in the united Sangha or persist in taking up a legal issue conducive to schism.

136. 136

     समेताय्या,sa·me·tāy·yā सङ्घेन,saṅ·ghe·na समग्गोsa·mag·go हिhi सङ्घोsaṅ·gho सम्मोदमानोsam·mo·da·mā·no अविवदमानोa·vi·va·da·mā·no एकुद्देसोe·kud·de·so फासुphā·su विहरती”ति।vi·ha·ra·tī

     sametāyyā, saṅghena, samaggo hi saṅgho sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharatī”ti.

     Stay with the Sangha, for a united Sangha—in concord, in harmony, having a joint recitation—is at ease.’

137. 137

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi वुच्चमानाvuc·ca·mā·nā तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्य,pag·gaṇ·hey·ya साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ समनुभासितब्बाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·tab·bā तस्सtas·sa पटिनिस्सग्गाय,pa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·ya

     Evañca sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi vuccamānā tatheva paggaṇheyya, sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbā tassa paṭinissaggāya,

     If that nun continues as before, the nuns should press her up to three times to make her stop.

138. 138

     यावततियञ्चेyā·va·ta·ti·yañ·ce समनुभासियमानाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·ya·mā·nā तंtaṃ पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं।ku·sa·laṃ

     yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsiyamānā taṁ paṭinissajjeyya, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.

     If she then stops, all is well.

139. 139

     नोno चेce पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya अयम्पिa·yam·pi भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī यावततियकंyā·va·ta·ti·ya·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ आपन्नाā·pan·nā निस्सारणीयंnis·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ सङ्घादिसेसं।saṅ·ghā·di·se·saṃ

     No ce paṭinissajjeyya, ayampi bhikkhunī yāvatatiyakaṁ dhammaṁ āpannā nissāraṇīyaṁ saṅghādisesaṁ.

     If she does not stop, then after the third announcement that nun too has committed an offense entailing sending away and suspension.

140. 140

     सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 15। भेदानुवत्तकसिक्खापदंbhe·dā·nu·vat·ta·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Saṅghādisesa 15. Bhedānuvattakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Suspension 15: siding with a schismatic

141. 141

     तस्सायेवtas·sā·ye·va खोkho पनpa·na भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo होन्तिhon·ti अनुवत्तिकाa·nu·vat·ti·kā वग्गवादिकाvag·ga·vā·di·kā एकाe·kā वाvā द्वेdve वाvā तिस्सोtis·so वा,vā ताtā एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्युं:va·dey·yuṃ

     Tassāyeva kho pana bhikkhuniyā bhikkhuniyo honti anuvattikā vaggavādikā ekā vā dve vā tisso vā, tā evaṁ vadeyyuṁ:

     That nun may have one, two, or three nuns who side with her and support her, and they may say,

142. 142

     “माय्यायो,māy·yā·yo एतंe·taṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ किञ्चिkiñ·ci अवचुत्थa·va·cut·tha

     “māyyāyo, etaṁ bhikkhuniṁ kiñci avacuttha

     ‘Venerables, don’t correct this nun.

143. 143

     धम्मवादिनीdham·ma·vā·di·nī चेसाce·sā भिक्खुनी,bhik·khu·nī विनयवादिनीvi·na·ya·vā·di·nī चेसाce·sā भिक्खुनी,bhik·khu·nī

     dhammavādinī cesā bhikkhunī, vinayavādinī cesā bhikkhunī,

     She speaks in accordance with the Teaching and the training.

144. 144

     अम्हाकञ्चेसाam·hā·kañ·ce·sā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī छन्दञ्चchan·dañ·ca रुचिञ्चru·ciñ·ca आदायā·dā·ya वोहरति,vo·ha·ra·ti जानाति,jā·nā·ti नोno भासति,bhā·sa·ti अम्हाकम्पेतंam·hā·kam·pe·taṃ खमती”ति,kha·ma·tī

     amhākañcesā bhikkhunī chandañca ruciñca ādāya voharati, jānāti, no bhāsati, amhākampetaṁ khamatī”ti,

     And she speaks with our consent and approval. She knows about us and speaks for us, and we approve of this.’

145. 145

     ताtā भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi एवमस्सुe·va·mas·su वचनीया:va·ca·nī·yā

     tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhunīhi evamassu vacanīyā:

     The nuns should correct those nuns like this:

146. 146

     “माय्यायो,māy·yā·yo एवंe·vaṃ अवचुत्थ,a·va·cut·tha

     “māyyāyo, evaṁ avacuttha,

     ‘No, venerables,

147. 147

     नna चेसाce·sā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī धम्मवादिनी,dham·ma·vā·di·nī नna चेसाce·sā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī विनयवादिनी,vi·na·ya·vā·di·nī

     na cesā bhikkhunī dhammavādinī, na cesā bhikkhunī vinayavādinī,

     this nun speaks contrary to the Teaching and the training.

148. 148

     माय्यानम्पिmāy·yā·nam·pi सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do रुच्चित्थ,ruc·cit·tha

     māyyānampi saṅghabhedo ruccittha,

     And don’t consent to schism in the Sangha.

149. 149

     समेताय्यानंsa·me·tāy·yā·naṃ सङ्घेन,saṅ·ghe·na समग्गोsa·mag·go हिhi सङ्घोsaṅ·gho सम्मोदमानोsam·mo·da·mā·no अविवदमानोa·vi·va·da·mā·no एकुद्देसोe·kud·de·so फासुphā·su विहरती”ति,vi·ha·ra·tī

     sametāyyānaṁ saṅghena, samaggo hi saṅgho sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharatī”ti,

     Stay with the Sangha, for a united Sangha—in concord, in harmony, having a joint recitation—is at ease.’

150. 150

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca ताtā भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi वुच्चमानाvuc·ca·mā·nā तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्युं,pag·gaṇ·hey·yuṃ ताtā भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ समनुभासितब्बाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·tab·bā तस्सtas·sa पटिनिस्सग्गाय,pa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·ya

     evañca tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhunīhi vuccamānā tatheva paggaṇheyyuṁ, tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhunīhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbā tassa paṭinissaggāya,

     If those nuns continue as before, the nuns should press them up to three times to make them stop.

151. 151

     यावततियञ्चेyā·va·ta·ti·yañ·ce समनुभासियमानाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·ya·mā·nā तंtaṃ पटिनिस्सज्जेय्युं।pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·yuṃ इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं।ku·sa·laṃ

     yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsiyamānā taṁ paṭinissajjeyyuṁ. Iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.

     If they then stop, all is well.

152. 152

     नोno चेce पटिनिस्सज्जेय्युं,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·yuṃ इमापिi·mā·pi भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo यावततियकंyā·va·ta·ti·ya·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ आपन्नाā·pan·nā निस्सारणीयंnis·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ सङ्घादिसेसं।saṅ·ghā·di·se·saṃ

     No ce paṭinissajjeyyuṁ, imāpi bhikkhuniyo yāvatatiyakaṁ dhammaṁ āpannā nissāraṇīyaṁ saṅghādisesaṁ.

     If they do not stop, then after the third announcement those nuns too have committed an offense entailing sending away and suspension.

153. 153

     सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 16। दुब्बचसिक्खापदंdub·ba·ca·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Saṅghādisesa 16. Dubbacasikkhāpadaṁ

     Suspension 16: being difficult to correct

154. 154

     भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पनेवpa·ne·va दुब्बचजातिकाdub·ba·ca·jā·ti·kā होतिho·ti उद्देसपरियापन्नेसुud·de·sa·pa·ri·yā·pan·ne·su सिक्खापदेसुsik·khā·pa·de·su भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi सहधम्मिकंsa·ha·dham·mi·kaṃ वुच्चमानाvuc·ca·mā·nā अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ अवचनीयंa·va·ca·nī·yaṃ करोति:ka·ro·ti

     Bhikkhunī paneva dubbacajātikā hoti uddesapariyāpannesu sikkhāpadesu bhikkhunīhi sahadhammikaṁ vuccamānā attānaṁ avacanīyaṁ karoti:

     If a nun is difficult to correct, and she makes herself incorrigible when legitimately corrected by the nuns concerning the training rules that are recited, saying,

155. 155

     “माmā मंmaṃ अय्यायोay·yā·yo किञ्चिkiñ·ci अवचुत्थa·va·cut·tha कल्याणंkal·yā·ṇaṃ वाvā पापकंpā·pa·kaṃ वा,vā अहम्पाय्यायो,a·ham·pāy·yā·yo नna किञ्चिkiñ·ci वक्खामिvak·khā·mi कल्याणंkal·yā·ṇaṃ वाvā पापकंpā·pa·kaṃ वा,vā

     “mā maṁ ayyāyo kiñci avacuttha kalyāṇaṁ vā pāpakaṁ vā, ahampāyyāyo, na kiñci vakkhāmi kalyāṇaṁ vā pāpakaṁ vā,

     ‘Venerables, don’t say anything to me, either good or bad, and I won’t say anything to you, either good or bad.

156. 156

     विरमथाय्यायो,vi·ra·ma·thāy·yā·yo ममma·ma वचनाया”ति,va·ca·nā·yā

     viramathāyyāyo, mama vacanāyā”ti,

     Please refrain from correcting me,’

157. 157

     साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीया:va·ca·nī·yā

     sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi evamassa vacanīyā:

     then the nuns should correct her like this:

158. 158

     “माय्या,māy·yā अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ अवचनीयंa·va·ca·nī·yaṃ अकासि,a·kā·si वचनीयमेव,va·ca·nī·ya·me·va अय्या,ay·yā अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ करोतु,ka·ro·tu

     “māyyā, attānaṁ avacanīyaṁ akāsi, vacanīyameva, ayyā, attānaṁ karotu,

     ‘Be easy to correct, venerable, not incorrigible.

159. 159

     अय्यापिay·yā·pi भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo वदतुva·da·tu सहधम्मेन,sa·ha·dham·me·na भिक्खुनियोपिbhik·khu·ni·yo·pi अय्यंay·yaṃ वक्खन्तिvak·khan·ti सहधम्मेन,sa·ha·dham·me·na

     ayyāpi bhikkhuniyo vadatu sahadhammena, bhikkhuniyopi ayyaṁ vakkhanti sahadhammena,

     And please give legitimate correction to the nuns, and the nuns will do the same to you.

160. 160

     एवंe·vaṃ संवद्धाsaṃ·vad·dhā हिhi तस्सtas·sa भगवतोbha·ga·va·to परिसाpa·ri·sā यदिदंya·di·daṃ अञ्ञमञ्ञवचनेनañ·ña·mañ·ña·va·ca·ne·na अञ्ञमञ्ञवुट्ठापनेना”ति।añ·ña·mañ·ña·vuṭ·ṭhā·pa·ne·nā

     evaṁ saṁvaddhā hi tassa bhagavato parisā yadidaṁ aññamaññavacanena aññamaññavuṭṭhāpanenā”ti.

     For it’s in this way that the Buddha’s community has grown, that is, through mutual correction and mutual clearing of offenses.’

161. 161

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi वुच्चमानाvuc·ca·mā·nā तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्य,pag·gaṇ·hey·ya साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ समनुभासितब्बाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·tab·bā तस्सtas·sa पटिनिस्सग्गाय,pa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·ya

     Evañca sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi vuccamānā tatheva paggaṇheyya, sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbā tassa paṭinissaggāya,

     If that nun continues as before, the nuns should press her up to three times to make her stop.

162. 162

     यावततियञ्चेyā·va·ta·ti·yañ·ce समनुभासियमानाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·ya·mā·nā तंtaṃ पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं।ku·sa·laṃ

     yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsiyamānā taṁ paṭinissajjeyya, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.

     If she then stops, all is well.

163. 163

     नोno चेce पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya अयम्पिa·yam·pi भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī यावततियकंyā·va·ta·ti·ya·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ आपन्नाā·pan·nā निस्सारणीयंnis·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ सङ्घादिसेसं।saṅ·ghā·di·se·saṃ

     No ce paṭinissajjeyya, ayampi bhikkhunī yāvatatiyakaṁ dhammaṁ āpannā nissāraṇīyaṁ saṅghādisesaṁ.

     If she does not stop, then after the third announcement that nun too has committed an offense entailing sending away and suspension.

164. 164

     सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 17। कुलदूसकसिक्खापदंku·la·dū·sa·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Saṅghādisesa 17. Kuladūsakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Suspension 17: being a corrupter of families

165. 165

     भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पनेवpa·ne·va अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ गामंgā·maṃ वाvā निगमंni·ga·maṃ वाvā उपनिस्सायu·pa·nis·sā·ya विहरतिvi·ha·ra·ti कुलदूसिकाku·la·dū·si·kā पापसमाचारा,pā·pa·sa·mā·cā·rā तस्साtas·sā खोkho पापकाpā·pa·kā समाचाराsa·mā·cā·rā दिस्सन्तिdis·san·ti चेवce·va सुय्यन्तिsuy·yan·ti च,ca कुलानिku·lā·ni चca तायtā·ya दुट्ठानिduṭ·ṭhā·ni दिस्सन्तिdis·san·ti चेवce·va सुय्यन्तिsuy·yan·ti च,ca

     Bhikkhunī paneva aññataraṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharati kuladūsikā pāpasamācārā, tassā kho pāpakā samācārā dissanti ceva suyyanti ca, kulāni ca tāya duṭṭhāni dissanti ceva suyyanti ca,

     If a nun who lives supported by a village or town is a corrupter of families and badly behaved, and her bad behavior has been seen and heard about, and the families corrupted by her have been seen and heard about,

166. 166

     साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीया:va·ca·nī·yā

     sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi evamassa vacanīyā:

     then the nuns should correct her like this:

167. 167

     “अय्या,ay·yā खोkho कुलदूसिकाku·la·dū·si·kā पापसमाचारा,pā·pa·sa·mā·cā·rā अय्यायay·yā·ya खोkho पापकाpā·pa·kā समाचाराsa·mā·cā·rā दिस्सन्तिdis·san·ti चेवce·va सुय्यन्तिsuy·yan·ti च,ca कुलानिku·lā·ni चाय्याय,cāy·yā·ya दुट्ठानिduṭ·ṭhā·ni दिस्सन्तिdis·san·ti चेवce·va सुय्यन्तिsuy·yan·ti च,ca पक्कमताय्याpak·ka·ma·tāy·yā इमम्हाi·mam·hā आवासा,ā·vā·sā अलंa·laṃ तेte इधi·dha वासेना”ति।vā·se·nā

     “ayyā, kho kuladūsikā pāpasamācārā, ayyāya kho pāpakā samācārā dissanti ceva suyyanti ca, kulāni cāyyāya, duṭṭhāni dissanti ceva suyyanti ca, pakkamatāyyā imamhā āvāsā, alaṁ te idha vāsenā”ti.

     ‘Venerable, you’re a corrupter of families and badly behaved. Your bad behavior has been seen and heard about, and the families corrupted by you have been seen and heard about. Leave this monastery; you’ve stayed here long enough.’

168. 168

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi वुच्चमानाvuc·ca·mā·nā ताtā भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य:va·dey·ya

     Evañca sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi vuccamānā tā bhikkhuniyo evaṁ vadeyya:

     If she replies,

169. 169

     “छन्दगामिनियोchan·da·gā·mi·ni·yo चca भिक्खुनियो,bhik·khu·ni·yo दोसगामिनियोdo·sa·gā·mi·ni·yo चca भिक्खुनियो,bhik·khu·ni·yo मोहगामिनियोmo·ha·gā·mi·ni·yo चca भिक्खुनियो,bhik·khu·ni·yo भयगामिनियोbha·ya·gā·mi·ni·yo चca भिक्खुनियो,bhik·khu·ni·yo तादिसिकायtā·di·si·kā·ya आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā एकच्चंe·kac·caṃ पब्बाजेन्तिpab·bā·jen·ti एकच्चंe·kac·caṃ नna पब्बाजेन्ती”ति,pab·bā·jen·tī

     “chandagāminiyo ca bhikkhuniyo, dosagāminiyo ca bhikkhuniyo, mohagāminiyo ca bhikkhuniyo, bhayagāminiyo ca bhikkhuniyo, tādisikāya āpattiyā ekaccaṁ pabbājenti ekaccaṁ na pabbājentī”ti,

     ‘You’re acting out of favoritism, ill will, confusion, and fear. Because of this sort of offense, you only banish some, but not others,’

170. 170

     साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीया:va·ca·nī·yā

     sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi evamassa vacanīyā:

     then the nuns should correct her like this:

171. 171

     “माय्या,māy·yā एवंe·vaṃ अवच,a·va·ca नna चca भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo छन्दगामिनियो,chan·da·gā·mi·ni·yo नna चca भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo दोसगामिनियोdo·sa·gā·mi·ni·yo , नna चca भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo मोहगामिनियो,mo·ha·gā·mi·ni·yo नna चca भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo भयगामिनियो,bha·ya·gā·mi·ni·yo

     “māyyā, evaṁ avaca, na ca bhikkhuniyo chandagāminiyo, na ca bhikkhuniyo dosagāminiyo , na ca bhikkhuniyo mohagāminiyo, na ca bhikkhuniyo bhayagāminiyo,

     ‘No, venerable, the nuns are not acting out of favoritism, ill will, confusion, and fear.

172. 172

     अय्याay·yā खोkho कुलदूसिकाku·la·dū·si·kā पापसमाचारा,pā·pa·sa·mā·cā·rā अय्यायay·yā·ya खोkho पापकाpā·pa·kā समाचाराsa·mā·cā·rā दिस्सन्तिdis·san·ti चेवce·va सुय्यन्तिsuy·yan·ti च,ca कुलानिku·lā·ni चाय्यायcāy·yā·ya दुट्ठानिduṭ·ṭhā·ni दिस्सन्तिdis·san·ti चेवce·va सुय्यन्तिsuy·yan·ti च,ca पक्कमताय्या,pak·ka·ma·tāy·yā इमम्हाi·mam·hā आवासाā·vā·sā अलंa·laṃ तेte इधi·dha वासेना”ति।vā·se·nā

     ayyā kho kuladūsikā pāpasamācārā, ayyāya kho pāpakā samācārā dissanti ceva suyyanti ca, kulāni cāyyāya duṭṭhāni dissanti ceva suyyanti ca, pakkamatāyyā, imamhā āvāsā alaṁ te idha vāsenā”ti.

     Venerable, you’re a corrupter of families and badly behaved. Your bad behavior has been seen and heard about, and the families corrupted by you have been seen and heard about. Leave this monastery; you’ve stayed here long enough.’

173. 173

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi वुच्चमानाvuc·ca·mā·nā तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्य,pag·gaṇ·hey·ya साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ समनुभासितब्बाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·tab·bā तस्सtas·sa पटिनिस्सग्गाय,pa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·ya

     Evañca sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi vuccamānā tatheva paggaṇheyya, sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbā tassa paṭinissaggāya,

     If that nun continues as before, the nuns should press her up to three times to make her stop.

174. 174

     यावततियञ्चेyā·va·ta·ti·yañ·ce समनुभासियमानाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·ya·mā·nā तंtaṃ पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं।ku·sa·laṃ

     yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsiyamānā taṁ paṭinissajjeyya, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.

     If she then stops, all is well.

175. 175

     नोno चेce पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya अयम्पिa·yam·pi भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī यावततियकंyā·va·ta·ti·ya·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ आपन्नाā·pan·nā निस्सारणीयंnis·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ सङ्घादिसेसं।saṅ·ghā·di·se·saṃ

     No ce paṭinissajjeyya, ayampi bhikkhunī yāvatatiyakaṁ dhammaṁ āpannā nissāraṇīyaṁ saṅghādisesaṁ.

     If she does not stop, then after the third announcement that nun too has committed an offense entailing sending away and suspension.

176. 176

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā खोkho अय्यायोay·yā·yo सत्तरसsat·ta·ra·sa सङ्घादिसेसाsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sā धम्माdham·mā नवna·va पठमापत्तिका,pa·ṭha·mā·pat·ti·kā अट्ठaṭ·ṭha यावततियका,yā·va·ta·ti·ya·kā

     Uddiṭṭhā kho ayyāyo sattarasa saṅghādisesā dhammā nava paṭhamāpattikā, aṭṭha yāvatatiyakā,

     Venerables, the seventeen rules on suspension have been recited, nine being immediate offenses, eight after the third announcement.

177. 177

     येसंye·saṃ भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ वाvā अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ वाvā आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti तायtā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā उभतोसङ्घेu·bha·to·saṅ·ghe पक्खमानत्तंpak·kha·mā·nat·taṃ चरितब्बं।ca·ri·tab·baṃ

     yesaṁ bhikkhunī aññataraṁ vā aññataraṁ vā āpajjati, tāya bhikkhuniyā ubhatosaṅghe pakkhamānattaṁ caritabbaṁ.

     If a nun commits any one of them, she must undertake the trial period for a half-month toward both Sanghas.

178. 178

     चिण्णमानत्ताciṇ·ṇa·mā·nat·tā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī यत्थyat·tha सियाsi·yā वीसतिगणोvī·sa·ti·ga·ṇo भिक्खुनिसङ्घो,bhik·khu·ni·saṅ·gho तत्थtat·tha साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अब्भेतब्बा।ab·bhe·tab·bā

     Ciṇṇamānattā bhikkhunī yattha siyā vīsatigaṇo bhikkhunisaṅgho, tattha sā bhikkhunī abbhetabbā.

     When this is completed, she is to be rehabilitated wherever there is a sangha of at least twenty nuns.

179. 179

     एकायपिe·kā·ya·pi चेce ऊनोū·no वीसतिगणोvī·sa·ti·ga·ṇo भिक्खुनिसङ्घोbhik·khu·ni·saṅ·gho तंtaṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ अब्भेय्य,ab·bhey·ya साsā चca भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अनब्भिता,a·nab·bhi·tā ताtā चca भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo गारय्हा,gā·ray·hā अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha सामीचि।sā·mī·ci

     Ekāyapi ce ūno vīsatigaṇo bhikkhunisaṅgho taṁ bhikkhuniṁ abbheyya, sā ca bhikkhunī anabbhitā, tā ca bhikkhuniyo gārayhā, ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

     If that nun is rehabilitated by a sangha of nuns of even one less than twenty, that nun is not rehabilitated and those nuns are blameworthy. This is the proper procedure.

180. 180

     तत्थाय्यायोtat·thāy·yā·yo पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     Tatthāyyāyo pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     In regard to this I ask you, ‘Are you pure in this?’

181. 181

     दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     dutiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A second time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

182. 182

     ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     tatiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A third time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

183. 183

     परिसुद्धेत्थाय्यायो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thāy·yā·yo तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

     parisuddhetthāyyāyo, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

     You are pure in this and therefore silent. I will remember it thus.

184. 184

     सङ्घादिसेसोsaṅ·ghā·di·se·so निट्ठितो।niṭ·ṭhi·to

     Saṅghādiseso niṭṭhito.

     The chapter on offenses entailing suspension is finished.

185. 185

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियाpā·cit·ti·yā

     Nissaggiya pācittiyā

     The rules of relinquishment and confession

186. 186

     इमेi·me खोkho पनाय्यायोpa·nāy·yā·yo तिंसtiṃ·sa निस्सग्गियाnis·sag·gi·yā पाचित्तियाpā·cit·ti·yā धम्माdham·mā उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छन्ति।ā·gac·chan·ti

     Ime kho panāyyāyo tiṁsa nissaggiyā pācittiyā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.

     Venerables, these thirty rules on relinquishment and confession come up for recitation.

187. 187

     पत्तवग्गोpat·ta·vag·go

     Pattavaggo

     The subchapter on almsbowls

188. 188

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 1। पत्तसन्निचयसिक्खापदंpat·ta·san·ni·ca·ya·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 1. Pattasannicayasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 1: collecting almsbowls

189. 189

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पत्तसन्निचयंpat·ta·san·ni·ca·yaṃ करेय्य,ka·rey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī pattasannicayaṁ kareyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun collects almsbowls, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

190. 190

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 2। अकालचीवरभाजनसिक्खापदंa·kā·la·cī·va·ra·bhā·ja·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 2. Akālacīvarabhājanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 2: distributing out-of-season robe-cloth

191. 191

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अकालचीवरंa·kā·la·cī·va·raṃ “कालचीवर”न्तिkā·la·cī·va·ra अधिट्ठहित्वाa·dhiṭ·ṭha·hit·vā भाजापेय्य,bhā·jā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī akālacīvaraṁ “kālacīvara”nti adhiṭṭhahitvā bhājāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun determines out-of-season robe-cloth as ‘in-season’, and then distributes it, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

192. 192

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 3। चीवरपरिवत्तनसिक्खापदंcī·va·ra·pa·ri·vat·ta·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 3. Cīvaraparivattanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 3: taking back a traded robe

193. 193

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ परिवत्तेत्वाpa·ri·vat·tet·vā साsā पच्छाpac·chā एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य:va·dey·ya “हन्दाय्ये,han·dāy·ye तुय्हंtuy·haṃ चीवरं,cī·va·raṃ आहरā·ha·ra मेतंme·taṃ चीवरं,cī·va·raṃ यंyaṃ तुय्हंtuy·haṃ तुय्हमेवेतं,tuy·ha·me·ve·taṃ यंyaṃ मय्हंmay·haṃ मय्हमेवेतं,may·ha·me·ve·taṃ आहरā·ha·ra मेतंme·taṃ चीवरं,cī·va·raṃ सकंsa·kaṃ पच्चाहरा”तिpac·cā·ha·rā अच्छिन्देय्यac·chin·dey·ya वाvā अच्छिन्दापेय्यac·chin·dā·pey·ya वा,vā निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā saddhiṁ cīvaraṁ parivattetvā sā pacchā evaṁ vadeyya: “handāyye, tuyhaṁ cīvaraṁ, āhara metaṁ cīvaraṁ, yaṁ tuyhaṁ tuyhamevetaṁ, yaṁ mayhaṁ mayhamevetaṁ, āhara metaṁ cīvaraṁ, sakaṁ paccāharā”ti acchindeyya vā acchindāpeyya vā, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun trades robes with a nun and then says, ‘Here’s your robe; give me that robe of mine. That which is yours is yours, and that which is mine is mine. Give me that, and take back what’s yours;’ and she just takes it or has it taken, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

194. 194

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 4। अञ्ञविञ्ञापनसिक्खापदंañ·ña·viñ·ñā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 4. Aññaviññāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 4: asking for something else

195. 195

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ विञ्ञापेत्वाviñ·ñā·pet·vā अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ विञ्ञापेय्य,viñ·ñā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī aññaṁ viññāpetvā aññaṁ viññāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun asks for one thing and then for something else, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

196. 196

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 5। अञ्ञचेतापनañ·ña·ce·tā·pa·na सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 5. Aññacetāpana sikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 5: exchanging for something else

197. 197

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ चेतापेत्वाce·tā·pet·vā अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ चेतापेय्य,ce·tā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī aññaṁ cetāpetvā aññaṁ cetāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gets one thing in exchange and then something else, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

198. 198

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 6। पठमसङ्घिकचेतापनसिक्खापदंpa·ṭha·ma·saṅ·ghi·ka·ce·tā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 6. Paṭhamasaṅghikacetāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 6: exchanging designated Sangha property

199. 199

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अञ्ञदत्थिकेनañ·ña·dat·thi·ke·na परिक्खारेनpa·rik·khā·re·na अञ्ञुद्दिसिकेनañ·ñud·di·si·ke·na सङ्घिकेनsaṅ·ghi·ke·na अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ चेतापेय्य,ce·tā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī aññadatthikena parikkhārena aññuddisikena saṅghikena aññaṁ cetāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     When a requisite belonging to the Sangha is designated for a specific purpose, if a nun exchanges it for something else, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

200. 200

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 7। दुतियसङ्घिकचेतापनसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·saṅ·ghi·ka·ce·tā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 7. Dutiyasaṅghikacetāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 7: exchanging designated Sangha property that was asked for

201. 201

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अञ्ञदत्थिकेनañ·ña·dat·thi·ke·na परिक्खारेनpa·rik·khā·re·na अञ्ञुद्दिसिकेनañ·ñud·di·si·ke·na सङ्घिकेनsaṅ·ghi·ke·na सञ्ञाचिकेनsañ·ñā·ci·ke·na अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ चेतापेय्य,ce·tā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī aññadatthikena parikkhārena aññuddisikena saṅghikena saññācikena aññaṁ cetāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     When a requisite belonging to the Sangha is designated for a specific purpose and was asked for, if a nun exchanges it for something else, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

202. 202

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 8। पठमगणिकचेतापनसिक्खापदंpa·ṭha·ma·ga·ṇi·ka·ce·tā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 8. Paṭhamagaṇikacetāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 8: exchanging designated collective property

203. 203

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अञ्ञदत्थिकेनañ·ña·dat·thi·ke·na परिक्खारेनpa·rik·khā·re·na अञ्ञुद्दिसिकेनañ·ñud·di·si·ke·na महाजनिकेनma·hā·ja·ni·ke·na अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ चेतापेय्य,ce·tā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī aññadatthikena parikkhārena aññuddisikena mahājanikena aññaṁ cetāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     When a collective requisite is designated for a specific purpose, if a nun exchanges it for something else, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

204. 204

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 9। दुतियगणिकचेतापनसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·ga·ṇi·ka·ce·tā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 9. Dutiyagaṇikacetāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 9: exchanging designated collective property that was asked for

205. 205

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अञ्ञदत्थिकेनañ·ña·dat·thi·ke·na परिक्खारेनpa·rik·khā·re·na अञ्ञुद्दिसिकेनañ·ñud·di·si·ke·na महाजनिकेनma·hā·ja·ni·ke·na सञ्ञाचिकेनsañ·ñā·ci·ke·na अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ चेतापेय्य,ce·tā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī aññadatthikena parikkhārena aññuddisikena mahājanikena saññācikena aññaṁ cetāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     When a collective requisite is designated for a specific purpose and was asked for, if a nun exchanges it for something else, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

206. 206

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 10। पुग्गलिकचेतापनसिक्खापदंpug·ga·li·ka·ce·tā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 10. Puggalikacetāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 10: exchanging designated personal property that was asked for

207. 207

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अञ्ञदत्थिकेनañ·ña·dat·thi·ke·na परिक्खारेनpa·rik·khā·re·na अञ्ञुद्दिसिकेनañ·ñud·di·si·ke·na पुग्गलिकेनpug·ga·li·ke·na सञ्ञाचिकेनsañ·ñā·ci·ke·na अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ चेतापेय्य,ce·tā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī aññadatthikena parikkhārena aññuddisikena puggalikena saññācikena aññaṁ cetāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     When a personal requisite is designated for a specific purpose and was asked for, if a nun exchanges it for something else, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

208. 208

     पत्तवग्गोpat·ta·vag·go पठमो।pa·ṭha·mo

     Pattavaggo paṭhamo.

     The first subchapter on almsbowls is finished.

209. 209

     चीवरवग्गोcī·va·ra·vag·go

     Cīvaravaggo

     The subchapter on robes

210. 210

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 11। गरुपावुरणसिक्खापदंga·ru·pā·vu·ra·ṇa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 11. Garupāvuraṇasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 11: getting an expensive heavy cloak in exchange

211. 211

     गरुपावुरणंga·ru·pā·vu·ra·ṇaṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā चेतापेन्तियाce·tā·pen·ti·yā चतुक्कंसपरमंca·tuk·kaṃ·sa·pa·ra·maṃ चेतापेतब्बं।ce·tā·pe·tab·baṃ ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri चेतापेय्य,ce·tā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Garupāvuraṇaṁ pana bhikkhuniyā cetāpentiyā catukkaṁsaparamaṁ cetāpetabbaṁ. Tato ce uttari cetāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun carries out an exchange to get a heavy cloak, it is to be worth at most four <i lang='pi' translate='no'>kaṁsa</i> coins. If she gets one in exchange that is worth more than that, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

212. 212

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 12। लहुपावुरणसिक्खापदंla·hu·pā·vu·ra·ṇa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 12. Lahupāvuraṇasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 12: getting an expensive light cloak in exchange

213. 213

     लहुपावुरणंla·hu·pā·vu·ra·ṇaṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā चेतापेन्तियाce·tā·pen·ti·yā अड्ढतेय्यकंसपरमंaḍ·ḍha·tey·ya·kaṃ·sa·pa·ra·maṃ चेतापेतब्बं।ce·tā·pe·tab·baṃ ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri चेतापेय्य,ce·tā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Lahupāvuraṇaṁ pana bhikkhuniyā cetāpentiyā aḍḍhateyyakaṁsaparamaṁ cetāpetabbaṁ. Tato ce uttari cetāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun carries out an exchange to get a light cloak, it is to be worth at most two-and-a-half <i lang='pi' translate='no'>kaṁsa</i> coins. If she gets one in exchange that is worth more than that, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

214. 214

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 13। कथिनसिक्खापदंka·thi·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 13. Kathinasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 13: keeping extra robe-cloth beyond ten days

215. 215

     निट्ठितचीवरस्मिंniṭ·ṭhi·ta·cī·va·ras·miṃ भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā उब्भतस्मिंub·bha·tas·miṃ कथिनेka·thi·ne दसाहपरमंda·sā·ha·pa·ra·maṃ अतिरेकचीवरंa·ti·re·ka·cī·va·raṃ धारेतब्बं।dhā·re·tab·baṃ

     Niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṁ bhikkhuniyā ubbhatasmiṁ kathine dasāhaparamaṁ atirekacīvaraṁ dhāretabbaṁ.

     When her robe is finished and the robe season has ended, a nun should keep an extra robe for ten days at the most.

216. 216

     तंtaṃ अतिक्कामेन्तिया,a·tik·kā·men·ti·yā निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Taṁ atikkāmentiyā, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If she keeps it longer than that, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

217. 217

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 14। उदोसितसिक्खापदंu·do·si·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 14. Udositasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 14: staying apart from one’s robes

218. 218

     निट्ठितचीवरस्मिंniṭ·ṭhi·ta·cī·va·ras·miṃ भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā उब्भतस्मिंub·bha·tas·miṃ कथिनेka·thi·ne एकरत्तम्पिe·ka·rat·tam·pi चेce भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī तिचीवरेनti·cī·va·re·na विप्पवसेय्य,vip·pa·va·sey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra भिक्खुनिसम्मुतियाbhik·khu·ni·sam·mu·ti·yā निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṁ bhikkhuniyā ubbhatasmiṁ kathine ekarattampi ce bhikkhunī ticīvarena vippavaseyya, aññatra bhikkhunisammutiyā nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     When her robe is finished and the robe season has ended, if a nun stays apart from her three robes even for a single day, except if the nuns have agreed, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

219. 219

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 15। अकालचीवरसिक्खापदंa·kā·la·cī·va·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 15. Akālacīvarasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 15: keeping extra robe-cloth beyond a month

220. 220

     निट्ठितचीवरस्मिंniṭ·ṭhi·ta·cī·va·ras·miṃ भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā उब्भतस्मिंub·bha·tas·miṃ कथिनेka·thi·ne भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā पनेवpa·ne·va अकालचीवरंa·kā·la·cī·va·raṃ उप्पज्जेय्य,up·paj·jey·ya आकङ्खमानायā·kaṅ·kha·mā·nā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā पटिग्गहेतब्बं,pa·ṭig·ga·he·tab·baṃ

     Niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṁ bhikkhuniyā ubbhatasmiṁ kathine bhikkhuniyā paneva akālacīvaraṁ uppajjeyya, ākaṅkhamānāya bhikkhuniyā paṭiggahetabbaṁ,

     When her robe is finished and the robe season has ended, if out-of-season robe-cloth is offered to a nun, she may receive it if she wishes.

221. 221

     पटिग्गहेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·het·vā खिप्पमेवkhip·pa·me·va कारेतब्बं,kā·re·tab·baṃ

     paṭiggahetvā khippameva kāretabbaṁ,

     If she receives it, she should quickly make a robe.

222. 222

     नोno चस्सcas·sa पारिपूरि,pā·ri·pū·ri मासपरमंmā·sa·pa·ra·maṃ तायtā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā तंtaṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ निक्खिपितब्बंnik·khi·pi·tab·baṃ ऊनस्सū·nas·sa पारिपूरियाpā·ri·pū·ri·yā सतियाsa·ti·yā पच्चासाय।pac·cā·sā·ya

     no cassa pāripūri, māsaparamaṁ tāya bhikkhuniyā taṁ cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ ūnassa pāripūriyā satiyā paccāsāya.

     If there is not enough cloth, but she is expecting more, she should keep it at most one month to make up the lack.

223. 223

     ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri निक्खिपेय्यnik·khi·pey·ya सतियापिsa·ti·yā·pi पच्चासाय,pac·cā·sā·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Tato ce uttari nikkhipeyya satiyāpi paccāsāya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If she keeps it longer than that, then even if she expects more cloth, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

224. 224

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 16। अञ्ञातकविञ्ञत्तिसिक्खापदंañ·ñā·ta·ka·viñ·ñat·ti·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 16. Aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 16: asking an unrelated person for a robe

225. 225

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अञ्ञातकंañ·ñā·ta·kaṃ गहपतिंga·ha·pa·tiṃ वाvā गहपतानिंga·ha·pa·tā·niṃ वाvā चीवरंcī·va·raṃ विञ्ञापेय्यviñ·ñā·pey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra समया,sa·ma·yā निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī aññātakaṁ gahapatiṁ vā gahapatāniṁ vā cīvaraṁ viññāpeyya aññatra samayā, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun asks an unrelated male or female householder for a robe, except on an appropriate occasion, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

226. 226

     तत्थायंtat·thā·yaṃ समयोsa·ma·yo अच्छिन्नचीवराac·chin·na·cī·va·rā वाvā होतिho·ti भिक्खुनी,bhik·khu·nī नट्ठचीवराnaṭ·ṭha·cī·va·rā वा,vā अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha समयो।sa·ma·yo

     Tatthāyaṁ samayo acchinnacīvarā vā hoti bhikkhunī, naṭṭhacīvarā vā, ayaṁ tattha samayo.

     These are the appropriate occasions: her robes are stolen or her robes are lost.

227. 227

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 17। ततुत्तरिसिक्खापदंta·tut·ta·ri·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 17. Tatuttarisikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 17: accepting too many robes

228. 228

     तञ्चेtañ·ce अञ्ञातकोañ·ñā·ta·ko गहपतिga·ha·pa·ti वाvā गहपतानीga·ha·pa·tā·nī वाvā बहूहिba·hū·hi चीवरेहिcī·va·re·hi अभिहट्ठुंa·bhi·haṭ·ṭhuṃ पवारेय्य,pa·vā·rey·ya सन्तरुत्तरपरमंsan·ta·rut·ta·ra·pa·ra·maṃ तायtā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā ततोta·to चीवरंcī·va·raṃ सादितब्बं।sā·di·tab·baṃ

     Tañce aññātako gahapati vā gahapatānī vā bahūhi cīvarehi abhihaṭṭhuṁ pavāreyya, santaruttaraparamaṁ tāya bhikkhuniyā tato cīvaraṁ sāditabbaṁ.

     If an unrelated male or female householder invites that nun to take many robes, she should accept at most one sarong and one upper robe.

229. 229

     ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri सादियेय्य,sā·di·yey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Tato ce uttari sādiyeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If she accepts more than that, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

230. 230

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 18। पठमउपक्खटसिक्खापदंpa·ṭha·ma·u·pak·kha·ṭa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 18. Paṭhamaupakkhaṭasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 18: requesting a fine robe from a fund

231. 231

     भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ पनेवpa·ne·va उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa अञ्ञातकस्सañ·ñā·ta·kas·sa गहपतिस्सga·ha·pa·tis·sa वाvā गहपतानियाga·ha·pa·tā·ni·yā वाvā चीवरचेतापन्नंcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·naṃ उपक्खटंu·pak·kha·ṭaṃ होति:ho·ti

     Bhikkhuniṁ paneva uddissa aññātakassa gahapatissa vā gahapatāniyā vā cīvaracetāpannaṁ upakkhaṭaṁ hoti:

     If a male or female householder has set aside a robe fund for an unrelated nun, thinking,

232. 232

     “इमिनाi·mi·nā चीवरचेतापन्नेनcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·ne·na चीवरंcī·va·raṃ चेतापेत्वाce·tā·pet·vā इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ चीवरेनcī·va·re·na अच्छादेस्सामी”ति।ac·chā·des·sā·mī

     “iminā cīvaracetāpannena cīvaraṁ cetāpetvā itthannāmaṁ bhikkhuniṁ cīvarena acchādessāmī”ti.

     ‘With this robe fund I will buy robe-cloth and give it to nun so-and-so;’

233. 233

     तत्रtat·ra चेसाce·sā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पुब्बेpub·be अप्पवारिताap·pa·vā·ri·tā उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā चीवरेcī·va·re विकप्पंvi·kap·paṃ आपज्जेय्य:ā·paj·jey·ya

     Tatra cesā bhikkhunī pubbe appavāritā upasaṅkamitvā cīvare vikappaṁ āpajjeyya:

     and if that nun, without first being invited, goes to them and specifies the kind of robe-cloth she wants, saying,

234. 234

     “साधुsā·dhu वत,va·ta मंmaṃ आयस्माā·yas·mā इमिनाi·mi·nā चीवरचेतापन्नेनcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·ne·na एवरूपंe·va·rū·paṃ वाvā एवरूपंe·va·rū·paṃ वाvā चीवरंcī·va·raṃ चेतापेत्वाce·tā·pet·vā अच्छादेही”तिac·chā·de·hī

     “sādhu vata, maṁ āyasmā iminā cīvaracetāpannena evarūpaṁ vā evarūpaṁ vā cīvaraṁ cetāpetvā acchādehī”ti

     ‘Please use this robe fund to buy such-and-such robe-cloth and then give it to me,’

235. 235

     कल्याणकम्यतंkal·yā·ṇa·kam·ya·taṃ उपादाय,u·pā·dā·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     kalyāṇakamyataṁ upādāya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     and she does so because she wants something fine, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

236. 236

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 19। दुतियउपक्खटसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·u·pak·kha·ṭa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 19. Dutiyaupakkhaṭasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 19: requesting a fine robe from a combined fund

237. 237

     भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ पनेवpa·ne·va उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa उभिन्नंu·bhin·naṃ अञ्ञातकानंañ·ñā·ta·kā·naṃ गहपतीनंga·ha·pa·tī·naṃ वाvā गहपतानीनंga·ha·pa·tā·nī·naṃ वाvā पच्चेकचीवरचेतापन्नानिpac·ce·ka·cī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·nā·ni उपक्खटानिu·pak·kha·ṭā·ni होन्ति:hon·ti

     Bhikkhuniṁ paneva uddissa ubhinnaṁ aññātakānaṁ gahapatīnaṁ vā gahapatānīnaṁ vā paccekacīvaracetāpannāni upakkhaṭāni honti:

     If two male or female householders have set aside separate robe funds for an unrelated nun, thinking,

238. 238

     “इमेहिi·me·hi मयंma·yaṃ पच्चेकचीवरचेतापन्नेहिpac·ce·ka·cī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·ne·hi पच्चेकचीवरानिpac·ce·ka·cī·va·rā·ni चेतापेत्वाce·tā·pet·vā इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ चीवरेहिcī·va·re·hi अच्छादेस्सामा”ति।ac·chā·des·sā·mā

     “imehi mayaṁ paccekacīvaracetāpannehi paccekacīvarāni cetāpetvā itthannāmaṁ bhikkhuniṁ cīvarehi acchādessāmā”ti.

     ‘With these separate robe funds we’ll buy separate robe-cloths and give them to nun so-and-so;’

239. 239

     तत्रtat·ra चेसाce·sā भिक्खूनीbhik·khū·nī पुब्बेpub·be अप्पवारिताap·pa·vā·ri·tā उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā चीवरेcī·va·re विकप्पंvi·kap·paṃ आपज्जेय्य:ā·paj·jey·ya

     Tatra cesā bhikkhūnī pubbe appavāritā upasaṅkamitvā cīvare vikappaṁ āpajjeyya:

     and if that nun, without first being invited, goes to them and specifies the kind of robe-cloth she wants, saying,

240. 240

     “साधुsā·dhu वतva·ta मंmaṃ आयस्मन्तोā·yas·man·to इमेहिi·me·hi पच्चेकचीवरचेतापन्नेहिpac·ce·ka·cī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·ne·hi एवरूपंe·va·rū·paṃ वाvā एवरूपंe·va·rū·paṃ वाvā चीवरंcī·va·raṃ चेतापेत्वाce·tā·pet·vā अच्छादेथac·chā·de·tha उभोवu·bho·va सन्ताsan·tā एकेना”तिe·ke·nā

     “sādhu vata maṁ āyasmanto imehi paccekacīvaracetāpannehi evarūpaṁ vā evarūpaṁ vā cīvaraṁ cetāpetvā acchādetha ubhova santā ekenā”ti

     ‘Please put these separate robe funds together to buy such-and-such robe-cloth and then give it to me,’

241. 241

     कल्याणकम्यतंkal·yā·ṇa·kam·ya·taṃ उपादाय,u·pā·dā·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     kalyāṇakamyataṁ upādāya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     and she does so because she wants something fine, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

242. 242

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 20। राजसिक्खापदंrā·ja·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 20. Rājasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 20: excessive prompting to get a robe

243. 243

     भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ पनेवpa·ne·va उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa राजाrā·jā वाvā राजभोग्गोrā·ja·bhog·go वाvā ब्राह्मणोbrāh·ma·ṇo वाvā गहपतिकोga·ha·pa·ti·ko वाvā दूतेनdū·te·na चीवरचेतापन्नंcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·naṃ पहिणेय्य:pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Bhikkhuniṁ paneva uddissa rājā vā rājabhoggo vā brāhmaṇo vā gahapatiko vā dūtena cīvaracetāpannaṁ pahiṇeyya:

     If a king, a king’s employee, a brahmin, or a householder sends a robe fund for a nun by messenger, saying,

244. 244

     “इमिनाi·mi·nā चीवरचेतापन्नेनcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·ne·na चीवरंcī·va·raṃ चेतापेत्वाce·tā·pet·vā इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ चीवरेनcī·va·re·na अच्छादेही”ति।ac·chā·de·hī

     “iminā cīvaracetāpannena cīvaraṁ cetāpetvā itthannāmaṁ bhikkhuniṁ cīvarena acchādehī”ti.

     ‘Buy robe-cloth with this robe fund and give it to nun so-and-so,’

245. 245

     सोso चेce दूतोdū·to तंtaṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य:va·dey·ya

     So ce dūto taṁ bhikkhuniṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeyya:

     and the messenger goes to that nun and says,

246. 246

     “इदंi·daṃ खो,kho अय्ये,ay·ye अय्यंay·yaṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa चीवरचेतापन्नंcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·naṃ आभतं,ā·bha·taṃ पटिग्गण्हाताय्याpa·ṭig·gaṇ·hā·tāy·yā चीवरचेतापन्न”न्ति।cī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·na

     “idaṁ kho, ayye, ayyaṁ uddissa cīvaracetāpannaṁ ābhataṁ, paṭiggaṇhātāyyā cīvaracetāpanna”nti.

     ‘Venerable, I have brought a robe fund for you. Please receive it,’

247. 247

     तायtā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā सोso दूतोdū·to एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीयो:va·ca·nī·yo

     Tāya bhikkhuniyā so dūto evamassa vacanīyo:

     then that nun should reply,

248. 248

     “नna खोkho मयं,ma·yaṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so चीवरचेतापन्नंcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·naṃ पटिग्गण्हाम,pa·ṭig·gaṇ·hā·ma चीवरञ्चcī·va·rañ·ca खोkho मयंma·yaṃ पटिग्गण्हामpa·ṭig·gaṇ·hā·ma कालेनkā·le·na कप्पिय”न्ति।kap·pi·ya

     “na kho mayaṁ, āvuso, cīvaracetāpannaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma, cīvarañca kho mayaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma kālena kappiya”nti.

     ‘We don’t receive robe funds, but we do receive allowable robe-cloth at the right time.’

249. 249

     सोso चेce दूतोdū·to तंtaṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य:va·dey·ya

     So ce dūto taṁ bhikkhuniṁ evaṁ vadeyya:

     If that messenger says,

250. 250

     “अत्थिat·thi पनाय्याय,pa·nāy·yā·ya कोचिko·ci वेय्यावच्चकरो”ति,vey·yā·vac·ca·ka·ro

     “atthi panāyyāya, koci veyyāvaccakaro”ti,

     ‘Is there anyone who provides services for you?’

251. 251

     चीवरत्थिकाय,cī·va·rat·thi·kā·ya भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā वेय्यावच्चकरोvey·yā·vac·ca·ka·ro निद्दिसितब्बोnid·di·si·tab·bo आरामिकोā·rā·mi·ko वाvā उपासकोu·pā·sa·ko वा:vā

     cīvaratthikāya, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyā veyyāvaccakaro niddisitabbo ārāmiko vā upāsako vā:

     the nun, if she needs robe-cloth, should point out a monastery worker or a lay follower and say,

252. 252

     “एसोe·so खो,kho आवुसो,ā·vu·so भिक्खुनीनंbhik·khu·nī·naṃ वेय्यावच्चकरो”ति।vey·yā·vac·ca·ka·ro

     “eso kho, āvuso, bhikkhunīnaṁ veyyāvaccakaro”ti.

     ‘They provide services for the nuns.’

253. 253

     सोso चेce दूतोdū·to तंtaṃ वेय्यावच्चकरंvey·yā·vac·ca·ka·raṃ सञ्ञापेत्वाsañ·ñā·pet·vā तंtaṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य:va·dey·ya

     So ce dūto taṁ veyyāvaccakaraṁ saññāpetvā taṁ bhikkhuniṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeyya:

     If the messenger instructs that service provider and then returns to the nun and says,

254. 254

     “यंyaṃ खो,kho अय्ये,ay·ye अय्याay·yā वेय्यावच्चकरंvey·yā·vac·ca·ka·raṃ निद्दिसि,nid·di·si सञ्ञत्तोsañ·ñat·to सोso मया,ma·yā उपसङ्कमताय्याu·pa·saṅ·ka·ma·tāy·yā कालेन,kā·le·na चीवरेनcī·va·re·na तंtaṃ अच्छादेस्सती”ति।ac·chā·des·sa·tī

     “yaṁ kho, ayye, ayyā veyyāvaccakaraṁ niddisi, saññatto so mayā, upasaṅkamatāyyā kālena, cīvarena taṁ acchādessatī”ti.

     ‘Venerable, I have instructed the service provider you pointed out. Please go to them at the right time and they’ll give you robe-cloth,’

255. 255

     चीवरत्थिकाय,cī·va·rat·thi·kā·ya भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā वेय्यावच्चकरोvey·yā·vac·ca·ka·ro उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā द्वत्तिक्खत्तुंdvat·tik·khat·tuṃ चोदेतब्बोco·de·tab·bo सारेतब्बो:sā·re·tab·bo

     Cīvaratthikāya, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyā veyyāvaccakaro upasaṅkamitvā dvattikkhattuṁ codetabbo sāretabbo:

     then, if that nun needs robe-cloth, she should go to that service provider and prompt them and remind them two or three times, saying,

256. 256

     “अत्थोat·tho मे,me आवुसो,ā·vu·so चीवरेना”ति,cī·va·re·nā

     “attho me, āvuso, cīvarenā”ti,

     ‘I need robe-cloth.’

257. 257

     द्वत्तिक्खत्तुंdvat·tik·khat·tuṃ चोदयमानाco·da·ya·mā·nā सारयमानाsā·ra·ya·mā·nā तंtaṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ अभिनिप्फादेय्य,a·bhi·nip·phā·dey·ya इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं,ku·sa·laṃ

     dvattikkhattuṁ codayamānā sārayamānā taṁ cīvaraṁ abhinipphādeyya, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ,

     If she then gets robe-cloth, all is well.

258. 258

     नोno चेce अभिनिप्फादेय्य,a·bhi·nip·phā·dey·ya चतुक्खत्तुंca·tuk·khat·tuṃ पञ्चक्खत्तुंpañ·cak·khat·tuṃ छक्खत्तुपरमंchak·khat·tu·pa·ra·maṃ तुण्हीभूतायtuṇ·hī·bhū·tā·ya उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa ठातब्बं,ṭhā·tab·baṃ

     no ce abhinipphādeyya, catukkhattuṁ pañcakkhattuṁ chakkhattuparamaṁ tuṇhībhūtāya uddissa ṭhātabbaṁ,

     If she does not get it, she should stand in silence for it at most six times.

259. 259

     चतुक्खत्तुंca·tuk·khat·tuṃ पञ्चक्खत्तुंpañ·cak·khat·tuṃ छक्खत्तुपरमंchak·khat·tu·pa·ra·maṃ तुण्हीभूताtuṇ·hī·bhū·tā उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa तिट्ठमानाtiṭ·ṭha·mā·nā तंtaṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ अभिनिप्फादेय्य,a·bhi·nip·phā·dey·ya इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं।ku·sa·laṃ

     catukkhattuṁ pañcakkhattuṁ chakkhattuparamaṁ tuṇhībhūtā uddissa tiṭṭhamānā taṁ cīvaraṁ abhinipphādeyya, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.

     If she then gets robe-cloth, all is well.

260. 260

     ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri वायममानाvā·ya·ma·mā·nā तंtaṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ अभिनिप्फादेय्य,a·bhi·nip·phā·dey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Tato ce uttari vāyamamānā taṁ cīvaraṁ abhinipphādeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If she makes any further effort and then gets robe-cloth, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

261. 261

     नोno चेce अभिनिप्फादेय्य,a·bhi·nip·phā·dey·ya यतस्साya·tas·sā चीवरचेतापन्नंcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·naṃ आभतं,ā·bha·taṃ तत्थtat·tha सामंsā·maṃ वाvā गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ दूतोdū·to वाvā पाहेतब्बो:pā·he·tab·bo

     No ce abhinipphādeyya, yatassā cīvaracetāpannaṁ ābhataṁ, tattha sāmaṁ vā gantabbaṁ, dūto vā pāhetabbo:

     If she does not get robe-cloth, she should go to the owners of that robe fund, or send a message, saying,

262. 262

     “यंyaṃ खोkho तुम्हेtum·he आयस्मन्तोā·yas·man·to भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa चीवरचेतापन्नंcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·naṃ पहिणित्थ,pa·hi·ṇit·tha नna तंtaṃ तस्साtas·sā भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā किञ्चिkiñ·ci अत्थंat·thaṃ अनुभोति,a·nu·bho·ti

     “yaṁ kho tumhe āyasmanto bhikkhuniṁ uddissa cīvaracetāpannaṁ pahiṇittha, na taṁ tassā bhikkhuniyā kiñci atthaṁ anubhoti,

     ‘That nun hasn’t received any benefit from the robe fund you sent for her.

263. 263

     युञ्जन्तायस्मन्तोyuñ·jan·tā·yas·man·to सकं,sa·kaṃ माmā वोvo सकंsa·kaṃ विनस्सा”ति,vi·nas·sā

     yuñjantāyasmanto sakaṁ, mā vo sakaṁ vinassā”ti,

     Please recover what’s yours, or it might perish.’

264. 264

     अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha सामीचि।sā·mī·ci

     ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

     This is the proper procedure.

265. 265

     चीवरवग्गोcī·va·ra·vag·go दुतियो।du·ti·yo

     Cīvaravaggo dutiyo.

     The second subchapter on robes is finished.

266. 266

     पत्तवग्गोpat·ta·vag·go

     Pattavaggo

     The subchapter on almsbowls

267. 267

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 21। रूपियसिक्खापदंrū·pi·ya·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 21. Rūpiyasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 21: becoming the owner of money

268. 268

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī जातरूपरजतंjā·ta·rū·pa·ra·ja·taṃ उग्गण्हेय्यug·gaṇ·hey·ya वाvā उग्गण्हापेय्यug·gaṇ·hā·pey·ya वाvā उपनिक्खित्तंu·pa·nik·khit·taṃ वाvā सादियेय्य,sā·di·yey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī jātarūparajataṁ uggaṇheyya vā uggaṇhāpeyya vā upanikkhittaṁ vā sādiyeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun takes, has someone else take, or consents to gold, silver, or money being deposited for her, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

269. 269

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 22। रूपियसंवोहारसिक्खापदंrū·pi·ya·saṃ·vo·hā·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 22. Rūpiyasaṁvohārasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 22: trading with money

270. 270

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī नानप्पकारकंnā·nap·pa·kā·ra·kaṃ रूपियसंवोहारंrū·pi·ya·saṃ·vo·hā·raṃ समापज्जेय्य,sa·mā·paj·jey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī nānappakārakaṁ rūpiyasaṁvohāraṁ samāpajjeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun engages in various kinds of trades involving money, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

271. 271

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 23। कयविक्कयसिक्खापदंka·ya·vik·ka·ya·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 23. Kayavikkayasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 23: bartering

272. 272

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī नानप्पकारकंnā·nap·pa·kā·ra·kaṃ कयविक्कयंka·ya·vik·ka·yaṃ समापज्जेय्य,sa·mā·paj·jey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī nānappakārakaṁ kayavikkayaṁ samāpajjeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun engages in various kinds of barter, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

273. 273

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 24। ऊनपञ्चबन्धनसिक्खापदंū·na·pañ·ca·ban·dha·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 24. Ūnapañcabandhanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 24: exchanging an almsbowl with fewer than five mends

274. 274

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī ऊनपञ्चबन्धनेनū·na·pañ·ca·ban·dha·ne·na पत्तेनpat·te·na अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ नवंna·vaṃ पत्तंpat·taṃ चेतापेय्य,ce·tā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī ūnapañcabandhanena pattena aññaṁ navaṁ pattaṁ cetāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun exchanges an almsbowl with fewer than five mends for a new almsbowl, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

275. 275

     तायtā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā सोso पत्तोpat·to भिक्खुनिपरिसायbhik·khu·ni·pa·ri·sā·ya निस्सज्जितब्बो,nis·saj·ji·tab·bo

     Tāya bhikkhuniyā so patto bhikkhuniparisāya nissajjitabbo,

     That nun should relinquish that almsbowl to a gathering of nuns.

276. 276

     योyo चca तस्साtas·sā भिक्खुनिपरिसायbhik·khu·ni·pa·ri·sā·ya पत्तपरियन्तो,pat·ta·pa·ri·yan·to सोso तस्साtas·sā भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā पदातब्बो:pa·dā·tab·bo

     yo ca tassā bhikkhuniparisāya pattapariyanto, so tassā bhikkhuniyā padātabbo:

     She should then be given the last almsbowl belonging to that gathering:

277. 277

     “अयंa·yaṃ तेte भिक्खुनिbhik·khu·ni पत्तोpat·to यावभेदनायyā·va·bhe·da·nā·ya धारेतब्बो”ति,dhā·re·tab·bo अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha सामीचि।sā·mī·ci

     “ayaṁ te bhikkhuni patto yāvabhedanāya dhāretabbo”ti, ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

     ‘Nun, this bowl is yours. Keep it until it breaks.’ This is the proper procedure.

278. 278

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 25। भेसज्जसिक्खापदंbhe·saj·ja·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 25. Bhesajjasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 25: storing the five tonics too long

279. 279

     यानिyā·ni खोkho पनpa·na तानिtā·ni गिलानानंgi·lā·nā·naṃ भिक्खुनीनंbhik·khu·nī·naṃ पटिसायनीयानिpa·ṭi·sā·ya·nī·yā·ni भेसज्जानि,bhe·saj·jā·ni सेय्यथिदं:sey·ya·thi·daṃ सप्पिsap·pi नवनीतंna·va·nī·taṃ तेलंte·laṃ मधुma·dhu फाणितं,phā·ṇi·taṃ तानिtā·ni पटिग्गहेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·het·vā सत्ताहपरमंsat·tā·ha·pa·ra·maṃ सन्निधिकारकंsan·ni·dhi·kā·ra·kaṃ परिभुञ्जितब्बानि।pa·ri·bhuñ·ji·tab·bā·ni

     Yāni kho pana tāni gilānānaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ paṭisāyanīyāni bhesajjāni, seyyathidaṁ: sappi navanītaṁ telaṁ madhu phāṇitaṁ, tāni paṭiggahetvā sattāhaparamaṁ sannidhikārakaṁ paribhuñjitabbāni.

     After being received, the tonics allowable for sick nuns—that is, ghee, butter, oil, honey, and syrup—should be used from storage for at most seven days.

280. 280

     तंtaṃ अतिक्कामेन्तिया,a·tik·kā·men·ti·yā निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Taṁ atikkāmentiyā, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If one uses them longer than that, one commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

281. 281

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 26। चीवरअच्छिन्दनसिक्खापदंcī·va·ra·ac·chin·da·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 26. Cīvaraacchindanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 26: taking back robe-cloth in anger

282. 282

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā सामंsā·maṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ दत्वाdat·vā कुपिताku·pi·tā अनत्तमनाa·nat·ta·ma·nā अच्छिन्देय्यac·chin·dey·ya वाvā अच्छिन्दापेय्यac·chin·dā·pey·ya वा,vā निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā sāmaṁ cīvaraṁ datvā kupitā anattamanā acchindeyya vā acchindāpeyya vā, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun herself gives a robe to a nun, but then, in anger, takes it back or has it taken back, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

283. 283

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 27। सुत्तविञ्ञत्तिसिक्खापदंsut·ta·viñ·ñat·ti·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 27. Suttaviññattisikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 27: asking for thread

284. 284

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सामंsā·maṃ सुत्तंsut·taṃ विञ्ञापेत्वाviñ·ñā·pet·vā तन्तवायेहिtan·ta·vā·ye·hi चीवरंcī·va·raṃ वायापेय्य,vā·yā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī sāmaṁ suttaṁ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi cīvaraṁ vāyāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun herself asks for thread, and then has weavers weave her robe-cloth, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

285. 285

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 28। महापेसकारसिक्खापदंma·hā·pe·sa·kā·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 28. Mahāpesakārasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 28: bribing weavers

286. 286

     भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ पनेवpa·ne·va उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa अञ्ञातकोañ·ñā·ta·ko गहपतिga·ha·pa·ti वाvā गहपतानीga·ha·pa·tā·nī वाvā तन्तवायेहिtan·ta·vā·ye·hi चीवरंcī·va·raṃ वायापेय्य,vā·yā·pey·ya तत्रtat·ra चेसाce·sā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पुब्बेpub·be अप्पवारिताap·pa·vā·ri·tā तन्तवायेtan·ta·vā·ye उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā चीवरेcī·va·re विकप्पंvi·kap·paṃ आपज्जेय्य:ā·paj·jey·ya

     Bhikkhuniṁ paneva uddissa aññātako gahapati vā gahapatānī vā tantavāyehi cīvaraṁ vāyāpeyya, tatra cesā bhikkhunī pubbe appavāritā tantavāye upasaṅkamitvā cīvare vikappaṁ āpajjeyya:

     If a male or female householder is having robe-cloth woven by weavers for an unrelated nun and, without first being invited, that nun goes to those weavers and specifies the kind of robe-cloth she wants, saying,

287. 287

     “इदंi·daṃ खोkho आवुसोā·vu·so चीवरंcī·va·raṃ मंmaṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa विय्यति,viy·ya·ti आयतञ्चā·ya·tañ·ca करोथ,ka·ro·tha वित्थतञ्चvit·tha·tañ·ca अप्पितञ्चap·pi·tañ·ca सुवीतञ्चsu·vī·tañ·ca सुप्पवायितञ्चsup·pa·vā·yi·tañ·ca सुविलेखितञ्चsu·vi·le·khi·tañ·ca सुवितच्छितञ्चsu·vi·tac·chi·tañ·ca करोथ,ka·ro·tha

     “idaṁ kho āvuso cīvaraṁ maṁ uddissa viyyati, āyatañca karotha, vitthatañca appitañca suvītañca suppavāyitañca suvilekhitañca suvitacchitañca karotha,

     ‘This robe-cloth that you are weaving for me, make it long and wide; make it closely woven, well-woven, well-stretched, well-scraped, and well-combed,

288. 288

     अप्पेवap·pe·va नामnā·ma मयम्पिma·yam·pi आयस्मन्तानंā·yas·man·tā·naṃ किञ्चिमत्तंkiñ·ci·mat·taṃ अनुपदज्जेय्यामा”ति,a·nu·pa·daj·jey·yā·mā

     appeva nāma mayampi āyasmantānaṁ kiñcimattaṁ anupadajjeyyāmā”ti,

     and perhaps I will even give you a small gift,’

289. 289

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī वत्वाvat·vā किञ्चिमत्तंkiñ·ci·mat·taṃ अनुपदज्जेय्यa·nu·pa·daj·jey·ya अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so पिण्डपातमत्तम्पि,piṇ·ḍa·pā·ta·mat·tam·pi निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     evañca sā bhikkhunī vatvā kiñcimattaṁ anupadajjeyya antamaso piṇḍapātamattampi, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     then, in saying that and afterwards giving them a small gift, even a bit of almsfood, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

290. 290

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 29। अच्चेकचीवरसिक्खापदंac·ce·ka·cī·va·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 29. Accekacīvarasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 29: storing haste-cloth too long

291. 291

     दसाहानागतंda·sā·hā·nā·ga·taṃ कत्तिकतेमासिकपुण्णमंkat·ti·ka·te·mā·si·ka·puṇ·ṇa·maṃ भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā पनेवpa·ne·va अच्चेकचीवरंac·ce·ka·cī·va·raṃ उप्पज्जेय्य,up·paj·jey·ya अच्चेकंac·ce·kaṃ मञ्ञमानायmañ·ña·mā·nā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā पटिग्गहेतब्बं,pa·ṭig·ga·he·tab·baṃ पटिग्गहेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·het·vā यावyā·va चीवरकालसमयंcī·va·ra·kā·la·sa·ma·yaṃ निक्खिपितब्बं।nik·khi·pi·tab·baṃ

     Dasāhānāgataṁ kattikatemāsikapuṇṇamaṁ bhikkhuniyā paneva accekacīvaraṁ uppajjeyya, accekaṁ maññamānāya bhikkhuniyā paṭiggahetabbaṁ, paṭiggahetvā yāva cīvarakālasamayaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.

     When there are ten days left to the Kattika full moon that ends the first rainy-season residence and a haste-cloth is given to a nun, she may receive it if she regards it as urgent. She may then store it until the end of the robe season.

292. 292

     ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri निक्खिपेय्य,nik·khi·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Tato ce uttari nikkhipeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If she stores it beyond that, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

293. 293

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 30। परिणतसिक्खापदंpa·ri·ṇa·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Nissaggiya pācittiya 30. Pariṇatasikkhāpadaṁ

     Relinquishment and confession 30: diverting an offering intended for the Sangha

294. 294

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī जानंjā·naṃ सङ्घिकंsaṅ·ghi·kaṃ लाभंlā·bhaṃ परिणतंpa·ri·ṇa·taṃ अत्तनोat·ta·no परिणामेय्य,pa·ri·ṇā·mey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī jānaṁ saṅghikaṁ lābhaṁ pariṇataṁ attano pariṇāmeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun diverts to herself material support that she knows was intended for the Sangha, she commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

295. 295

     पत्तवग्गोpat·ta·vag·go ततियो।ta·ti·yo

     Pattavaggo tatiyo.

     The third subchapter on almsbowls is finished.

296. 296

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā खो,kho अय्यायो,ay·yā·yo तिंसtiṃ·sa निस्सग्गियाnis·sag·gi·yā पाचित्तियाpā·cit·ti·yā धम्मा।dham·mā

     Uddiṭṭhā kho, ayyāyo, tiṁsa nissaggiyā pācittiyā dhammā.

     Venerables, the thirty rules on relinquishment and confession have been recited.

297. 297

     तत्थाय्यायोtat·thāy·yā·yo पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     Tatthāyyāyo pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     In regard to this I ask you, ‘Are you pure in this?’

298. 298

     दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     dutiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A second time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

299. 299

     ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     tatiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A third time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

300. 300

     परिसुद्धेत्थाय्यायो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thāy·yā·yo तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

     parisuddhetthāyyāyo, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

     You are pure in this and therefore silent. I will remember it thus.

301. 301

     निस्सग्गियपाचित्तियाnis·sag·gi·ya·pā·cit·ti·yā निट्ठिता।niṭ·ṭhi·tā

     Nissaggiyapācittiyā niṭṭhitā.

     The offenses entailing relinquishment and confession are finished.

302. 302

     सुद्धपाचित्तियाsud·dha·pā·cit·ti·yā

     Suddhapācittiyā

     The rules on confession

303. 303

     इमेi·me खोkho पनाय्यायो,pa·nāy·yā·yo छसट्ठिसताcha·saṭ·ṭhi·sa·tā पाचित्तियाpā·cit·ti·yā धम्माdham·mā उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छन्ति।ā·gac·chan·ti

     Ime kho panāyyāyo, chasaṭṭhisatā pācittiyā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.

     Venerables, these one hundred and sixty-six rules on confession come up for recitation.

304. 304

     लसुणवग्गोla·su·ṇa·vag·go

     Lasuṇavaggo

     The subchapter on garlic

305. 305

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 1। लसुणसिक्खापदंla·su·ṇa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 1. Lasuṇasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 1: eating garlic

306. 306

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī लसुणंla·su·ṇaṃ खादेय्यkhā·dey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī lasuṇaṁ khādeyya pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun eats garlic, she commits an offense entailing confession.

307. 307

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 2। सम्बाधलोमसिक्खापदंsam·bā·dha·lo·ma·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 2. Sambādhalomasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 2: removing pubic hair

308. 308

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सम्बाधेsam·bā·dhe लोमंlo·maṃ संहरापेय्य,saṃ·ha·rā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī sambādhe lomaṁ saṁharāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun removes hair from her private parts, she commits an offense entailing confession.

309. 309

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 3। तलघातकसिक्खापदंta·la·ghā·ta·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 3. Talaghātakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 3: masturbation

310. 310

     तलघातकेta·la·ghā·ta·ke पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Talaghātake pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun slaps her genitals with the palm of her hand, she commits an offense entailing confession.

311. 311

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 4। जतुमट्ठकसिक्खापदंja·tu·maṭ·ṭha·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 4. Jatumaṭṭhakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 4: using a dildo

312. 312

     जतुमट्ठकेja·tu·maṭ·ṭha·ke पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Jatumaṭṭhake pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun uses a dildo, she commits an offense entailing confession.

313. 313

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 5। उदकसुद्धिकसिक्खापदंu·da·ka·sud·dhi·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 5. Udakasuddhikasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 5: intimate washing

314. 314

     उदकसुद्धिकंu·da·ka·sud·dhi·kaṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā आदियमानायā·di·ya·mā·nā·ya द्वङ्गुलपब्बपरमंdvaṅ·gu·la·pab·ba·pa·ra·maṃ आदातब्बं।ā·dā·tab·baṃ तंtaṃ अतिक्कामेन्तियाa·tik·kā·men·ti·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Udakasuddhikaṁ pana bhikkhuniyā ādiyamānāya dvaṅgulapabbaparamaṁ ādātabbaṁ. Taṁ atikkāmentiyā pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun is cleaning herself with water, she may insert two finger joints at the most. If she goes further than that, she commits an offense entailing confession.

315. 315

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 6। उपतिट्ठनसिक्खापदंu·pa·tiṭ·ṭha·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 6. Upatiṭṭhanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 6: attending on a monk

316. 316

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa भुञ्जन्तस्सbhuñ·jan·tas·sa पानीयेनpā·nī·ye·na वाvā विधूपनेनvi·dhū·pa·ne·na वाvā उपतिट्ठेय्य,u·pa·tiṭ·ṭhey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhussa bhuñjantassa pānīyena vā vidhūpanena vā upatiṭṭheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If, when a monk is eating, a nun attends on him with drinking water or a fan, she commits an offense entailing confession.

317. 317

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 7। आमकधञ्ञसिक्खापदंā·ma·ka·dhañ·ña·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 7. Āmakadhaññasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 7: asking for raw grain

318. 318

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī आमकधञ्ञंā·ma·ka·dhañ·ñaṃ विञ्ञत्वाviñ·ñat·vā वाvā विञ्ञापेत्वाviñ·ñā·pet·vā वाvā भज्जित्वाbhaj·jit·vā वाvā भज्जापेत्वाbhaj·jā·pet·vā वाvā कोट्टेत्वाkoṭ·ṭet·vā वाvā कोट्टापेत्वाkoṭ·ṭā·pet·vā वाvā पचित्वाpa·cit·vā वाvā पचापेत्वाpa·cā·pet·vā वाvā भुञ्जेय्य,bhuñ·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī āmakadhaññaṁ viññatvā vā viññāpetvā vā bhajjitvā vā bhajjāpetvā vā koṭṭetvā vā koṭṭāpetvā vā pacitvā vā pacāpetvā vā bhuñjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun asks for or has someone else ask for raw grain, or she roasts it or has it roasted, or she pounds it or has it pounded, or she cooks it or has it cooked, and she then eats it, she commits an offense entailing confession.

319. 319

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 8। पठमउच्चारछड्डनसिक्खापदंpa·ṭha·ma·uc·cā·ra·chaḍ·ḍa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 8. Paṭhamauccārachaḍḍanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 8: disposing of waste over a wall

320. 320

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī उच्चारंuc·cā·raṃ वाvā पस्सावंpas·sā·vaṃ वाvā सङ्कारंsaṅ·kā·raṃ वाvā विघासंvi·ghā·saṃ वाvā तिरोकुट्टेti·ro·kuṭ·ṭe वाvā तिरोपाकारेti·ro·pā·kā·re वाvā छड्डेय्यchaḍ·ḍey·ya वाvā छड्डापेय्यchaḍ·ḍā·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī uccāraṁ vā passāvaṁ vā saṅkāraṁ vā vighāsaṁ vā tirokuṭṭe vā tiropākāre vā chaḍḍeyya vā chaḍḍāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun disposes of feces or urine or trash or food scraps over a wall or over an encircling wall, or she has it disposed of in this way, she commits an offense entailing confession.

321. 321

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 9। दुतियउच्चारछड्डनसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·uc·cā·ra·chaḍ·ḍa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 9. Dutiyauccārachaḍḍanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 9: disposing of waste on plants

322. 322

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī उच्चारंuc·cā·raṃ वाvā पस्सावंpas·sā·vaṃ वाvā सङ्कारंsaṅ·kā·raṃ वाvā विघासंvi·ghā·saṃ वाvā हरितेha·ri·te छड्डेय्यchaḍ·ḍey·ya वाvā छड्डापेय्यchaḍ·ḍā·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī uccāraṁ vā passāvaṁ vā saṅkāraṁ vā vighāsaṁ vā harite chaḍḍeyya vā chaḍḍāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun disposes of feces or urine or trash or food scraps on cultivated plants, or she has it disposed of in this way, she commits an offense entailing confession.

323. 323

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 10। नच्चगीतसिक्खापदंnac·ca·gī·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 10. Naccagītasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 10: watching entertainment

324. 324

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī नच्चंnac·caṃ वाvā गीतंgī·taṃ वाvā वादितंvā·di·taṃ वाvā दस्सनायdas·sa·nā·ya गच्छेय्य,gac·chey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī naccaṁ vā gītaṁ vā vāditaṁ vā dassanāya gaccheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun goes to see dancing or singing or music, she commits an offense entailing confession.

325. 325

     लसुणवग्गोla·su·ṇa·vag·go पठमो।pa·ṭha·mo

     Lasuṇavaggo paṭhamo.

     The first subchapter on garlic is finished.

326. 326

     रत्तन्धकारवग्गोrat·tan·dha·kā·ra·vag·go

     Rattandhakāravaggo

     The subchapter on the dark of the night

327. 327

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 11। रत्तन्धकारसिक्खापदंrat·tan·dha·kā·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 11. Rattandhakārasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 11: meeting a man in the dark

328. 328

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī रत्तन्धकारेrat·tan·dha·kā·re अप्पदीपेap·pa·dī·pe पुरिसेनpu·ri·se·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ एकेनेकाe·ke·ne·kā सन्तिट्ठेय्यsan·tiṭ·ṭhey·ya वाvā सल्लपेय्यsal·la·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī rattandhakāre appadīpe purisena saddhiṁ ekenekā santiṭṭheyya vā sallapeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If, in the dark of the night without a lamp, a nun stands or talks alone with a man, she commits an offense entailing confession.

329. 329

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 12। पटिच्छन्नोकाससिक्खापदंpa·ṭic·chan·no·kā·sa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 12. Paṭicchannokāsasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 12: meeting a man in a concealed place

330. 330

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पटिच्छन्नेpa·ṭic·chan·ne ओकासेo·kā·se पुरिसेनpu·ri·se·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ एकेनेकाe·ke·ne·kā सन्तिट्ठेय्यsan·tiṭ·ṭhey·ya वाvā सल्लपेय्यsal·la·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī paṭicchanne okāse purisena saddhiṁ ekenekā santiṭṭheyya vā sallapeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun stands or talks alone with a man in a concealed place, she commits an offense entailing confession.

331. 331

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 13। अज्झोकाससल्लपनसिक्खापदंaj·jho·kā·sa·sal·la·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 13. Ajjhokāsasallapanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 13: meeting a man in the open

332. 332

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अज्झोकासेaj·jho·kā·se पुरिसेनpu·ri·se·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ एकेनेकाe·ke·ne·kā सन्तिट्ठेय्यsan·tiṭ·ṭhey·ya वाvā सल्लपेय्यsal·la·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī ajjhokāse purisena saddhiṁ ekenekā santiṭṭheyya vā sallapeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun stands or talks alone with a man out in the open, she commits an offense entailing confession.

333. 333

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 14। दुतियिकउय्योजनसिक्खापदंdu·ti·yi·ka·uy·yo·ja·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 14. Dutiyikauyyojanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 14: meeting a man on a street

334. 334

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī रथिकायra·thi·kā·ya वाvā ब्यूहेbyū·he वाvā सिङ्घाटकेsiṅ·ghā·ṭa·ke वाvā पुरिसेनpu·ri·se·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ एकेनेकाe·ke·ne·kā सन्तिट्ठेय्यsan·tiṭ·ṭhey·ya वाvā सल्लपेय्यsal·la·pey·ya वाvā निकण्णिकंni·kaṇ·ṇi·kaṃ वाvā जप्पेय्यjap·pey·ya दुतियिकंdu·ti·yi·kaṃ वाvā भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ उय्योजेय्य,uy·yo·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī rathikāya vā byūhe vā siṅghāṭake vā purisena saddhiṁ ekenekā santiṭṭheyya vā sallapeyya vā nikaṇṇikaṁ vā jappeyya dutiyikaṁ vā bhikkhuniṁ uyyojeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun stands or talks alone with a man on a street or in a cul-de-sac or at an intersection, or she whispers in his ear or dismisses her companion nun, she commits an offense entailing confession.

335. 335

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 15। अनापुच्छापक्कमनसिक्खापदंa·nā·puc·chā·pak·ka·ma·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 15. Anāpucchāpakkamanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 15: departing without taking leave

336. 336

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पुरेभत्तंpu·re·bhat·taṃ कुलानिku·lā·ni उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā आसनेā·sa·ne निसीदित्वाni·sī·dit·vā सामिकेsā·mi·ke अनापुच्छाa·nā·puc·chā पक्कमेय्य,pak·ka·mey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī purebhattaṁ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā āsane nisīditvā sāmike anāpucchā pakkameyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun visits families before the meal, sits down on a seat, and then departs without informing the owners, she commits an offense entailing confession.

337. 337

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 16। अनापुच्छाअभिनिसीदनसिक्खापदंa·nā·puc·chā·a·bhi·ni·sī·da·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 16. Anāpucchāabhinisīdanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 16: sitting down without permission

338. 338

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पच्छाभत्तंpac·chā·bhat·taṃ कुलानिku·lā·ni उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā सामिकेsā·mi·ke अनापुच्छाa·nā·puc·chā आसनेā·sa·ne अभिनिसीदेय्यa·bhi·ni·sī·dey·ya वाvā अभिनिपज्जेय्यa·bhi·ni·paj·jey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī pacchābhattaṁ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā āsane abhinisīdeyya vā abhinipajjeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun visits families after the meal, and then sits down or lies down on a seat without asking permission of the owners, she commits an offense entailing confession.

339. 339

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 17। अनापुच्छासन्थरणसिक्खापदंa·nā·puc·chā·san·tha·ra·ṇa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 17. Anāpucchāsantharaṇasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 17: putting out bedding without permission

340. 340

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī विकालेvi·kā·le कुलानिku·lā·ni उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā सामिकेsā·mi·ke अनापुच्छाa·nā·puc·chā सेय्यंsey·yaṃ सन्थरित्वाsan·tha·rit·vā वाvā सन्थरापेत्वाsan·tha·rā·pet·vā वाvā अभिनिसीदेय्यa·bhi·ni·sī·dey·ya वाvā अभिनिपज्जेय्यa·bhi·ni·paj·jey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī vikāle kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā seyyaṁ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā abhinisīdeyya vā abhinipajjeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun visits families at the wrong time, puts out bedding without asking permission of the owners, or has it put out, and then sits down or lies down on it, she commits an offense entailing confession.

341. 341

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 18। परउज्झापनकसिक्खापदंpa·ra·uj·jhā·pa·na·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 18. Paraujjhāpanakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 18: complaining without reflection

342. 342

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī दुग्गहितेनdug·ga·hi·te·na दूपधारितेनdū·pa·dhā·ri·te·na परंpa·raṃ उज्झापेय्य,uj·jhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī duggahitena dūpadhāritena paraṁ ujjhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun complains about someone else because of a misunderstanding and a lack of proper reflection, she commits an offense entailing confession.

343. 343

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 19। परअभिसपनसिक्खापदंpa·ra·a·bhi·sa·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 19. Paraabhisapanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 19: cursing

344. 344

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ वाvā परंpa·raṃ वाvā निरयेनni·ra·ye·na वाvā ब्रह्मचरियेनbrah·ma·ca·ri·ye·na वाvā अभिसपेय्य,a·bhi·sa·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī attānaṁ vā paraṁ vā nirayena vā brahmacariyena vā abhisapeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun curses herself or someone else, referring to hell or the spiritual life, she commits an offense entailing confession.

345. 345

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 20। रोदनसिक्खापदंro·da·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 20. Rodanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 20: crying and beating oneself

346. 346

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ वधित्वाva·dhit·vā वधित्वाva·dhit·vā रोदेय्य,ro·dey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī attānaṁ vadhitvā vadhitvā rodeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun cries after repeatedly beating herself, she commits an offense entailing confession.

347. 347

     रत्तन्धकारवग्गोrat·tan·dha·kā·ra·vag·go दुतियो।du·ti·yo

     Rattandhakāravaggo dutiyo.

     The second subchapter on the dark of the night is finished.

348. 348

     नग्गवग्गोnag·ga·vag·go

     Naggavaggo

     The subchapter on nakedness

349. 349

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 21। नग्गसिक्खापदंnag·ga·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 21. Naggasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 21: bathing naked

350. 350

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī नग्गाnag·gā नहायेय्य,na·hā·yey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī naggā nahāyeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun bathes naked, she commits an offense entailing confession.

351. 351

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 22। उदकसाटिकसिक्खापदंu·da·ka·sā·ṭi·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 22. Udakasāṭikasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 22: making an oversize bathing robe

352. 352

     उदकसाटिकंu·da·ka·sā·ṭi·kaṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā कारयमानायkā·ra·ya·mā·nā·ya पमाणिकाpa·mā·ṇi·kā कारेतब्बा,kā·re·tab·bā तत्रिदंtat·ri·daṃ पमाणं,pa·mā·ṇaṃ दीघसोdī·gha·so चतस्सोca·tas·so विदत्थियोvi·dat·thi·yo सुगतविदत्थिया,su·ga·ta·vi·dat·thi·yā तिरियंti·ri·yaṃ द्वेdve विदत्थियो।vi·dat·thi·yo तंtaṃ अतिक्कामेन्तियाa·tik·kā·men·ti·yā छेदनकंche·da·na·kaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Udakasāṭikaṁ pana bhikkhuniyā kārayamānāya pamāṇikā kāretabbā, tatridaṁ pamāṇaṁ, dīghaso catasso vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā, tiriyaṁ dve vidatthiyo. Taṁ atikkāmentiyā chedanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun is having a bathing robe made, it should be made the right size. This is the right size: four standard handspans long and two wide. If it exceeds that, it is to be cut down, and she commits an offense entailing confession.

353. 353

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 23। चीवरसिब्बनसिक्खापदंcī·va·ra·sib·ba·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 23. Cīvarasibbanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 23: unstitching a robe

354. 354

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā चीवरंcī·va·raṃ विसिब्बेत्वाvi·sib·bet·vā वाvā विसिब्बापेत्वाvi·sib·bā·pet·vā वाvā साsā पच्छाpac·chā अनन्तरायिकिनीa·nan·ta·rā·yi·ki·nī नेवne·va सिब्बेय्य,sib·bey·ya नna सिब्बापनायsib·bā·pa·nā·ya उस्सुक्कंus·suk·kaṃ करेय्यka·rey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra चतूहपञ्चाहा,ca·tū·ha·pañ·cā·hā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṁ visibbetvā vā visibbāpetvā vā sā pacchā anantarāyikinī neva sibbeyya, na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṁ kareyya aññatra catūhapañcāhā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun, after unstitching a nun’s robe or having it unstitched, neither sews it herself nor makes any effort to have someone else sew it, and there were no obstacles, then, except if it was no more than four or five days, she commits an offense entailing confession.

355. 355

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 24। सङ्घाटिचारसिक्खापदंsaṅ·ghā·ṭi·cā·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 24. Saṅghāṭicārasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 24: moving robes

356. 356

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पञ्चाहिकंpañ·cā·hi·kaṃ सङ्घाटिचारंsaṅ·ghā·ṭi·cā·raṃ अतिक्कामेय्य,a·tik·kā·mey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī pañcāhikaṁ saṅghāṭicāraṁ atikkāmeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun does not move her robes for more than five days, she commits an offense entailing confession.

357. 357

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 25। चीवरसङ्कमनीयसिक्खापदंcī·va·ra·saṅ·ka·ma·nī·ya·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 25. Cīvarasaṅkamanīyasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 25: borrowing a robe

358. 358

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī चीवरसङ्कमनीयंcī·va·ra·saṅ·ka·ma·nī·yaṃ धारेय्य,dhā·rey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī cīvarasaṅkamanīyaṁ dhāreyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun wears a robe taken on loan, she commits an offense entailing confession.

359. 359

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 26। गणचीवरसिक्खापदंga·ṇa·cī·va·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 26. Gaṇacīvarasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 26: hindering robe-cloth for the community

360. 360

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī गणस्सga·ṇas·sa चीवरलाभंcī·va·ra·lā·bhaṃ अन्तरायंan·ta·rā·yaṃ करेय्य,ka·rey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī gaṇassa cīvaralābhaṁ antarāyaṁ kareyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun creates an obstacle for the community to get robe-cloth, she commits an offense entailing confession.

361. 361

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 27। पटिबाहनसिक्खापदंpa·ṭi·bā·ha·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 27. Paṭibāhanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 27: blocking robe-cloth distribution

362. 362

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ चीवरविभङ्गंcī·va·ra·vi·bhaṅ·gaṃ पटिबाहेय्य,pa·ṭi·bā·hey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī dhammikaṁ cīvaravibhaṅgaṁ paṭibāheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun blocks a legitimate distribution of robe-cloth, she commits an offense entailing confession.

363. 363

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 28। चीवरदानसिक्खापदंcī·va·ra·dā·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 28. Cīvaradānasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 28: giving a robe to a non-monastic

364. 364

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अगारिकस्सa·gā·ri·kas·sa वाvā परिब्बाजकस्सpa·rib·bā·ja·kas·sa वाvā परिब्बाजिकायpa·rib·bā·ji·kā·ya वाvā समणचीवरंsa·ma·ṇa·cī·va·raṃ ददेय्य,da·dey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī agārikassa vā paribbājakassa vā paribbājikāya vā samaṇacīvaraṁ dadeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives a monastic robe to a householder or a male wanderer or a female wanderer, she commits an offense entailing confession.

365. 365

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 29। कालअतिक्कमनसिक्खापदंkā·la·a·tik·ka·ma·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 29. Kālaatikkamanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 29: letting the robe season expire

366. 366

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī दुब्बलचीवरपच्चासायdub·ba·la·cī·va·ra·pac·cā·sā·ya चीवरकालसमयंcī·va·ra·kā·la·sa·ma·yaṃ अतिक्कामेय्य,a·tik·kā·mey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī dubbalacīvarapaccāsāya cīvarakālasamayaṁ atikkāmeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun lets the robe season expire because of an uncertain expectation of robe-cloth, she commits an offense entailing confession.

367. 367

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 30। कथिनुद्धारसिक्खापदंka·thi·nud·dhā·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 30. Kathinuddhārasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 30: blocking the ending of the robe season

368. 368

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ कथिनुद्धारंka·thi·nud·dhā·raṃ पटिबाहेय्य,pa·ṭi·bā·hey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī dhammikaṁ kathinuddhāraṁ paṭibāheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun blocks a legitimate ending of the robe season, she commits an offense entailing confession.

369. 369

     नग्गवग्गोnag·ga·vag·go ततियो।ta·ti·yo

     Naggavaggo tatiyo.

     The third subchapter on nakedness is finished.

370. 370

     तुवट्टवग्गोtu·vaṭ·ṭa·vag·go

     Tuvaṭṭavaggo

     The subchapter on lying down

371. 371

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 31। एकमञ्चतुवट्टनसिक्खापदंe·ka·mañ·ca·tu·vaṭ·ṭa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 31. Ekamañcatuvaṭṭanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 31: lying on the same bed

372. 372

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo द्वेdve एकमञ्चेe·ka·mañ·ce तुवट्टेय्युं,tu·vaṭ·ṭey·yuṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhuniyo dve ekamañce tuvaṭṭeyyuṁ, pācittiyaṁ.

     If two nuns lie down on the same bed, they commit an offense entailing confession.

373. 373

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 32। एकत्थरणतुवट्टनसिक्खापदंe·kat·tha·ra·ṇa·tu·vaṭ·ṭa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 32. Ekattharaṇatuvaṭṭanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 32: lying on the same sheet

374. 374

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo द्वेdve एकत्थरणपावुरणाe·kat·tha·ra·ṇa·pā·vu·ra·ṇā तुवट्टेय्युं,tu·vaṭ·ṭey·yuṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhuniyo dve ekattharaṇapāvuraṇā tuvaṭṭeyyuṁ, pācittiyaṁ.

     If two nuns lie down on the same sheet and under the same cover, they commit an offense entailing confession.

375. 375

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 33। अफासुकरणसिक्खापदंa·phā·su·ka·ra·ṇa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 33. Aphāsukaraṇasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 33: making a nun ill at ease

376. 376

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca अफासुंa·phā·suṃ करेय्य,ka·rey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā sañcicca aphāsuṁ kareyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun intentionally makes a nun ill at ease, she commits an offense entailing confession.

377. 377

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 34। नउपट्ठापनसिक्खापदंna·u·paṭ·ṭhā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 34. Naupaṭṭhāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 34: not nursing a disciple

378. 378

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī दुक्खितंduk·khi·taṃ सहजीविनिंsa·ha·jī·vi·niṃ नेवne·va उपट्ठहेय्य,u·paṭ·ṭha·hey·ya नna उपट्ठापनायu·paṭ·ṭhā·pa·nā·ya उस्सुक्कंus·suk·kaṃ करेय्य,ka·rey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī dukkhitaṁ sahajīviniṁ neva upaṭṭhaheyya, na upaṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṁ kareyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun neither nurses a suffering disciple, nor makes any effort to have someone else nurse her, she commits an offense entailing confession.

379. 379

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 35। निक्कड्ढनसिक्खापदंnik·kaḍ·ḍha·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 35. Nikkaḍḍhanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 35: evicting a nun

380. 380

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā उपस्सयंu·pas·sa·yaṃ दत्वाdat·vā कुपिताku·pi·tā अनत्तमनाa·nat·ta·ma·nā निक्कड्ढेय्यnik·kaḍ·ḍhey·ya वाvā निक्कड्ढापेय्यnik·kaḍ·ḍhā·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā upassayaṁ datvā kupitā anattamanā nikkaḍḍheyya vā nikkaḍḍhāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives a dwelling place to a nun, and then, in anger, throws her out or has her thrown out, she commits an offense entailing confession.

381. 381

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 36। संसट्ठसिक्खापदंsaṃ·saṭ·ṭha·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 36. Saṁsaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 36: socializing with a householder

382. 382

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī संसट्ठाsaṃ·saṭ·ṭhā विहरेय्यvi·ha·rey·ya गहपतिनाga·ha·pa·ti·nā वाvā गहपतिपुत्तेनga·ha·pa·ti·put·te·na वा,vā साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीया:va·ca·nī·yā

     Yā pana bhikkhunī saṁsaṭṭhā vihareyya gahapatinā vā gahapatiputtena vā, sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi evamassa vacanīyā:

     If a nun is socializing with a householder or a householder’s offspring, the nuns should correct her like this:

383. 383

     “माय्ये,māy·ye संसट्ठाsaṃ·saṭ·ṭhā विहरिvi·ha·ri गहपतिनापिga·ha·pa·ti·nā·pi गहपतिपुत्तेनापि,ga·ha·pa·ti·put·te·nā·pi विविच्चाय्ये,vi·vic·cāy·ye विवेकञ्ञेवvi·ve·kañ·ñe·va भगिनियाbha·gi·ni·yā सङ्घोsaṅ·gho वण्णेती”ति।vaṇ·ṇe·tī

     “māyye, saṁsaṭṭhā vihari gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenāpi, viviccāyye, vivekaññeva bhaginiyā saṅgho vaṇṇetī”ti.

     ‘Venerable, don’t socialize with householders or householders’ offspring. Be secluded, venerable. The Sangha praises seclusion for the sisters.’

384. 384

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi वुच्चमानाvuc·ca·mā·nā तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्य,pag·gaṇ·hey·ya साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ समनुभासितब्बाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·tab·bā तस्सtas·sa पटिनिस्सग्गाय,pa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·ya

     Evañca sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi vuccamānā tatheva paggaṇheyya, sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbā tassa paṭinissaggāya,

     If that nun continues as before, the nuns should press her up to three times to make her stop.

385. 385

     यावततियञ्चेyā·va·ta·ti·yañ·ce समनुभासियमानाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·ya·mā·nā तंtaṃ पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं।ku·sa·laṃ

     yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsiyamānā taṁ paṭinissajjeyya, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.

     If she then stops, all is well.

386. 386

     नोno चेce पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     No ce paṭinissajjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If she does not stop, she commits an offense entailing confession.

387. 387

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 37। अन्तोरट्ठसिक्खापदंan·to·raṭ·ṭha·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 37. Antoraṭṭhasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 37: wandering within the country

388. 388

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अन्तोरट्ठेan·to·raṭ·ṭhe सासङ्कसम्मतेsā·saṅ·ka·sam·ma·te सप्पटिभयेsap·pa·ṭi·bha·ye असत्थिकाa·sat·thi·kā चारिकंcā·ri·kaṃ चरेय्य,ca·rey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī antoraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṁ careyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun goes wandering without a group of travelers where it is considered risky and dangerous within her own country, she commits an offense entailing confession.

389. 389

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 38। तिरोरट्ठसिक्खापदंti·ro·raṭ·ṭha·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 38. Tiroraṭṭhasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 38: wandering outside the country

390. 390

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī तिरोरट्ठेti·ro·raṭ·ṭhe सासङ्कसम्मतेsā·saṅ·ka·sam·ma·te सप्पटिभयेsap·pa·ṭi·bha·ye असत्थिकाa·sat·thi·kā चारिकंcā·ri·kaṃ चरेय्य,ca·rey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī tiroraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṁ careyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun goes wandering without a group of travelers where it is considered risky and dangerous outside her own country, she commits an offense entailing confession.

391. 391

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 39। अन्तोवस्ससिक्खापदंan·to·vas·sa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 39. Antovassasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 39: wandering during the rainy season

392. 392

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अन्तोवस्संan·to·vas·saṃ चारिकंcā·ri·kaṃ चरेय्य,ca·rey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī antovassaṁ cārikaṁ careyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun goes wandering during the rainy season, she commits an offense entailing confession.

393. 393

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 40। चारिकनपक्कमनसिक्खापदंcā·ri·ka·na·pak·ka·ma·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 40. Cārikanapakkamanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 40: not wandering after the rainy season

394. 394

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī वस्संवुट्ठाvas·saṃ·vuṭ·ṭhā चारिकंcā·ri·kaṃ नna पक्कमेय्यpak·ka·mey·ya अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so छप्पञ्चयोजनानिपि,chap·pañ·ca·yo·ja·nā·ni·pi पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī vassaṁvuṭṭhā cārikaṁ na pakkameyya antamaso chappañcayojanānipi, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun who has completed the rainy-season residence does not go wandering at least 65 to 80 kilometers, she commits an offense entailing confession.

395. 395

     तुवट्टवग्गोtu·vaṭ·ṭa·vag·go चतुत्थो।ca·tut·tho

     Tuvaṭṭavaggo catuttho.

     The fourth subchapter on lying down is finished.

396. 396

     चित्तागारवग्गोcit·tā·gā·ra·vag·go

     Cittāgāravaggo

     The subchapter on galleries

397. 397

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 41। राजागारसिक्खापदंrā·jā·gā·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 41. Rājāgārasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 41: visiting places of pleasure

398. 398

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī राजागारंrā·jā·gā·raṃ वाvā चित्तागारंcit·tā·gā·raṃ वाvā आरामंā·rā·maṃ वाvā उय्यानंuy·yā·naṃ वाvā पोक्खरणिंpok·kha·ra·ṇiṃ वाvā दस्सनायdas·sa·nā·ya गच्छेय्य,gac·chey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī rājāgāraṁ vā cittāgāraṁ vā ārāmaṁ vā uyyānaṁ vā pokkharaṇiṁ vā dassanāya gaccheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun visits a royal house or a gallery or a park or a garden or a lotus pond, she commits an offense entailing confession.

399. 399

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 42। आसन्दिपरिभुञ्जनसिक्खापदंā·san·di·pa·ri·bhuñ·ja·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 42. Āsandiparibhuñjanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 42: using luxurious furniture

400. 400

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī आसन्दिंā·san·diṃ वाvā पल्लङ्कंpal·laṅ·kaṃ वाvā परिभुञ्जेय्य,pa·ri·bhuñ·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī āsandiṁ vā pallaṅkaṁ vā paribhuñjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun uses a high or luxurious couch, she commits an offense entailing confession.

401. 401

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 43। सुत्तकन्तनसिक्खापदंsut·ta·kan·ta·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 43. Suttakantanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 43: spinning yarn

402. 402

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सुत्तंsut·taṃ कन्तेय्य,kan·tey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī suttaṁ kanteyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun spins yarn, she commits an offense entailing confession.

403. 403

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 44। गिहिवेय्यावच्चसिक्खापदंgi·hi·vey·yā·vac·ca·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 44. Gihiveyyāvaccasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 44: serving householders

404. 404

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī गिहिवेय्यावच्चंgi·hi·vey·yā·vac·caṃ करेय्य,ka·rey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī gihiveyyāvaccaṁ kareyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun provides services for a householder, she commits an offense entailing confession.

405. 405

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 45। अधिकरणसिक्खापदंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 45. Adhikaraṇasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 45: not resolving a legal issue

406. 406

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनिया:bhik·khu·ni·yā “एहाय्ये,e·hāy·ye इमंi·maṃ अधिकरणंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ वूपसमेही”तिvū·pa·sa·me·hī वुच्चमाना:vuc·ca·mā·nā “साधू”तिsā·dhū पटिस्सुणित्वाpa·ṭis·su·ṇit·vā साsā पच्छाpac·chā अनन्तरायिकिनीa·nan·ta·rā·yi·ki·nī नेवne·va वूपसमेय्य,vū·pa·sa·mey·ya नna वूपसमायvū·pa·sa·mā·ya उस्सुक्कंus·suk·kaṃ करेय्य,ka·rey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā: “ehāyye, imaṁ adhikaraṇaṁ vūpasamehī”ti vuccamānā: “sādhū”ti paṭissuṇitvā sā pacchā anantarāyikinī neva vūpasameyya, na vūpasamāya ussukkaṁ kareyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If, when a nun is requested by a nun to resolve a legal issue, she agrees, but then neither resolves it nor makes any effort to resolve it, then, if there were no obstacles, she commits an offense entailing confession.

407. 407

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 46। भोजनदानसिक्खापदंbho·ja·na·dā·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 46. Bhojanadānasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 46: giving food to a non-monastic

408. 408

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अगारिकस्सa·gā·ri·kas·sa वाvā परिब्बाजकस्सpa·rib·bā·ja·kas·sa वाvā परिब्बाजिकायpa·rib·bā·ji·kā·ya वाvā सहत्थाsa·hat·thā खादनीयंkhā·da·nī·yaṃ वाvā भोजनीयंbho·ja·nī·yaṃ वाvā ददेय्य,da·dey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī agārikassa vā paribbājakassa vā paribbājikāya vā sahatthā khādanīyaṁ vā bhojanīyaṁ vā dadeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun personally gives fresh or cooked food to a householder or a male wanderer or a female wanderer, she commits an offense entailing confession.

409. 409

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 47। आवसथचीवरसिक्खापदंā·va·sa·tha·cī·va·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 47. Āvasathacīvarasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 47: not relinquishing a communal robe

410. 410

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī आवसथचीवरंā·va·sa·tha·cī·va·raṃ अनिस्सज्जेत्वाa·nis·saj·jet·vā परिभुञ्जेय्य,pa·ri·bhuñ·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī āvasathacīvaraṁ anissajjetvā paribhuñjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun does not relinquish a communal robe, but continues to use it, she commits an offense entailing confession.

411. 411

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 48। आवसथविहारसिक्खापदंā·va·sa·tha·vi·hā·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 48. Āvasathavihārasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 48: not relinquishing a lodging

412. 412

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī आवसथंā·va·sa·thaṃ अनिस्सज्जित्वाa·nis·saj·jit·vā चारिकंcā·ri·kaṃ पक्कमेय्य,pak·ka·mey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī āvasathaṁ anissajjitvā cārikaṁ pakkameyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun goes wandering without relinquishing her lodging, she commits an offense entailing confession.

413. 413

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 49। तिरच्छानविज्जापरियापुणनसिक्खापदंti·rac·chā·na·vij·jā·pa·ri·yā·pu·ṇa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 49. Tiracchānavijjāpariyāpuṇanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 49: studying worldly subjects

414. 414

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī तिरच्छानविज्जंti·rac·chā·na·vij·jaṃ परियापुणेय्य,pa·ri·yā·pu·ṇey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī tiracchānavijjaṁ pariyāpuṇeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun studies worldly subjects, she commits an offense entailing confession.

415. 415

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 50। तिरच्छानविज्जावाचनसिक्खापदंti·rac·chā·na·vij·jā·vā·ca·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 50. Tiracchānavijjāvācanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 50: teaching worldly subjects

416. 416

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī तिरच्छानविज्जंti·rac·chā·na·vij·jaṃ वाचेय्य,vā·cey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī tiracchānavijjaṁ vāceyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun teaches worldly subjects, she commits an offense entailing confession.

417. 417

     चित्तागारवग्गोcit·tā·gā·ra·vag·go पञ्चमो।pañ·ca·mo

     Cittāgāravaggo pañcamo.

     The fifth subchapter on galleries is finished.

418. 418

     आरामवग्गोā·rā·ma·vag·go

     Ārāmavaggo

     The subchapter on monasteries

419. 419

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 51। आरामपविसनसिक्खापदंā·rā·ma·pa·vi·sa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 51. Ārāmapavisanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 51: entering a monks’ monastery

420. 420

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī जानंjā·naṃ सभिक्खुकंsa·bhik·khu·kaṃ आरामंā·rā·maṃ अनापुच्छाa·nā·puc·chā पविसेय्य,pa·vi·sey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī jānaṁ sabhikkhukaṁ ārāmaṁ anāpucchā paviseyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun, knowing that there are monks in a monastery, enters it without asking permission, she commits an offense entailing confession.

421. 421

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 52। भिक्खुअक्कोसनसिक्खापदंbhik·khu·ak·ko·sa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 52. Bhikkhuakkosanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 52: abusing a monk

422. 422

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ अक्कोसेय्यak·ko·sey·ya वाvā परिभासेय्यpa·ri·bhā·sey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuṁ akkoseyya vā paribhāseyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun abuses or reviles a monk, she commits an offense entailing confession.

423. 423

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 53। गणपरिभासनसिक्खापदंga·ṇa·pa·ri·bhā·sa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 53. Gaṇaparibhāsanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 53: reviling the community

424. 424

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī चण्डीकताcaṇ·ḍī·ka·tā गणंga·ṇaṃ परिभासेय्य,pa·ri·bhā·sey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī caṇḍīkatā gaṇaṁ paribhāseyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a furious nun reviles the community, she commits an offense entailing confession.

425. 425

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 54। पवारितसिक्खापदंpa·vā·ri·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 54. Pavāritasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 54: eating more after refusing an offer

426. 426

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī निमन्तिताni·man·ti·tā वाvā पवारिताpa·vā·ri·tā वाvā खादनीयंkhā·da·nī·yaṃ वाvā भोजनीयंbho·ja·nī·yaṃ वाvā खादेय्यkhā·dey·ya वाvā भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī nimantitā vā pavāritā vā khādanīyaṁ vā bhojanīyaṁ vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun, who has been invited to a meal, refuses an offer to eat more, and then eats fresh or cooked food, she commits an offense entailing confession.

427. 427

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 55। कुलमच्छरिनीसिक्खापदंku·la·mac·cha·ri·nī·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 55. Kulamaccharinīsikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 55: being stingy with families

428. 428

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī कुलमच्छरिनीku·la·mac·cha·ri·nī अस्स,as·sa पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī kulamaccharinī assa, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun keeps a family to herself, she commits an offense entailing confession.

429. 429

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 56। अभिक्खुकावाससिक्खापदंa·bhik·khu·kā·vā·sa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 56. Abhikkhukāvāsasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 56: spending the rainy season apart from monks

430. 430

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अभिक्खुकेa·bhik·khu·ke आवासेā·vā·se वस्संvas·saṃ वसेय्य,va·sey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī abhikkhuke āvāse vassaṁ vaseyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun spends the rainy-season residence in a monastery without monks, she commits an offense entailing confession.

431. 431

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 57। अपवारणासिक्खापदंa·pa·vā·ra·ṇā·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 57. Apavāraṇāsikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 57: not doing the invitation ceremony

432. 432

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī वस्संवुट्ठाvas·saṃ·vuṭ·ṭhā उभतोसङ्घेu·bha·to·saṅ·ghe तीहिtī·hi ठानेहिṭhā·ne·hi नna पवारेय्यpa·vā·rey·ya दिट्ठेनdiṭ·ṭhe·na वाvā सुतेनsu·te·na वाvā परिसङ्कायpa·ri·saṅ·kā·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī vassaṁvuṭṭhā ubhatosaṅghe tīhi ṭhānehi na pavāreyya diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun who has completed the rainy-season residence does not invite correction from both Sanghas in regard to three things—what has been seen, heard, or suspected—she commits an offense entailing confession.

433. 433

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 58। ओवादसिक्खापदंo·vā·da·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 58. Ovādasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 58: not going to the instruction

434. 434

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī ओवादायo·vā·dā·ya वाvā संवासायsaṃ·vā·sā·ya वाvā नna गच्छेय्य,gac·chey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī ovādāya vā saṁvāsāya vā na gaccheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun does not go to the instruction or to a formal meeting of the community, she commits an offense entailing confession.

435. 435

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 59। ओवादूपसङ्कमनसिक्खापदंo·vā·dū·pa·saṅ·ka·ma·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 59. Ovādūpasaṅkamanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 59: not seeking the instruction

436. 436

     अन्वद्धमासंan·vad·dha·mā·saṃ भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā भिक्खुसङ्घतोbhik·khu·saṅ·gha·to द्वेdve धम्माdham·mā पच्चासीसितब्बाpac·cā·sī·si·tab·bā उपोसथपुच्छकञ्चu·po·sa·tha·puc·cha·kañ·ca ओवादूपसङ्कमनञ्च।o·vā·dū·pa·saṅ·ka·ma·nañ·ca तंtaṃ अतिक्कामेन्तियाa·tik·kā·men·ti·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Anvaddhamāsaṁ bhikkhuniyā bhikkhusaṅghato dve dhammā paccāsīsitabbā uposathapucchakañca ovādūpasaṅkamanañca. Taṁ atikkāmentiyā pācittiyaṁ.

     Every half-month a nun should seek two things from the Sangha of monks: asking it about the observance day and going to it for the instruction. If she lets the half-month pass, she commits an offense entailing confession.

437. 437

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 60। पसाखेजातसिक्खापदंpa·sā·khe·jā·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 60. Pasākhejātasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 60: getting medical treatment from a man

438. 438

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पसाखेpa·sā·khe जातंjā·taṃ गण्डंgaṇ·ḍaṃ वाvā रुधितंru·dhi·taṃ वाvā अनपलोकेत्वाa·na·pa·lo·ket·vā सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ वाvā गणंga·ṇaṃ वाvā पुरिसेनpu·ri·se·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ एकेनेकाe·ke·ne·kā भेदापेय्यbhe·dā·pey·ya वाvā फालापेय्यphā·lā·pey·ya वाvā धोवापेय्यdho·vā·pey·ya वाvā आलिम्पापेय्यā·lim·pā·pey·ya वाvā बन्धापेय्यban·dhā·pey·ya वाvā मोचापेय्यmo·cā·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī pasākhe jātaṁ gaṇḍaṁ vā rudhitaṁ vā anapaloketvā saṅghaṁ vā gaṇaṁ vā purisena saddhiṁ ekenekā bhedāpeyya vā phālāpeyya vā dhovāpeyya vā ālimpāpeyya vā bandhāpeyya vā mocāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun, alone with a man, without getting permission from the Sangha or a group, has an abscess or a wound situated on the lower part of her body ruptured by him, or split open, washed, anointed, bandaged, or unwrapped by him, she commits an offense entailing confession.

439. 439

     आरामवग्गोā·rā·ma·vag·go छट्ठो।chaṭ·ṭho

     Ārāmavaggo chaṭṭho.

     The sixth subchapter on monasteries is finished.

440. 440

     गब्भिनिवग्गोgab·bhi·ni·vag·go

     Gabbhinivaggo

     The subchapter on pregnant women

441. 441

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 61। गब्भिनीसिक्खापदंgab·bhi·nī·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 61. Gabbhinīsikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 61: ordaining a pregnant woman

442. 442

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī गब्भिनिंgab·bhi·niṃ वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī gabbhiniṁ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives the full admission to a pregnant woman, she commits an offense entailing confession.

443. 443

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 62। पायन्तीसिक्खापदंpā·yan·tī·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 62. Pāyantīsikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 62: ordaining a breastfeeding woman

444. 444

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पायन्तिंpā·yan·tiṃ वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī pāyantiṁ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives the full admission to a woman who is breastfeeding, she commits an offense entailing confession.

445. 445

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 63। पठमसिक्खमानसिक्खापदंpa·ṭha·ma·sik·kha·mā·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 63. Paṭhamasikkhamānasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 63: ordaining an untrained candidate

446. 446

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī द्वेdve वस्सानिvas·sā·ni छसुcha·su धम्मेसुdham·me·su असिक्खितसिक्खंa·sik·khi·ta·sik·khaṃ सिक्खमानंsik·kha·mā·naṃ वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṁ sikkhamānaṁ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives the full admission to a trainee nun who has not trained for two years in the six rules, she commits an offense entailing confession.

447. 447

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 64। दुतियसिक्खमानसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·sik·kha·mā·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 64. Dutiyasikkhamānasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 64: ordaining a trained candidate without approval

448. 448

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī द्वेdve वस्सानिvas·sā·ni छसुcha·su धम्मेसुdham·me·su सिक्खितसिक्खंsik·khi·ta·sik·khaṃ सिक्खमानंsik·kha·mā·naṃ सङ्घेनsaṅ·ghe·na असम्मतंa·sam·ma·taṃ वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṁ sikkhamānaṁ saṅghena asammataṁ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives the full admission to a trainee nun who has trained for two years in the six rules, but who has not been approved by the Sangha, she commits an offense entailing confession.

449. 449

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 65। पठमगिहिगतसिक्खापदंpa·ṭha·ma·gi·hi·ga·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 65. Paṭhamagihigatasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 65: ordaining a married girl under twelve

450. 450

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī ऊनद्वादसवस्संū·nad·vā·da·sa·vas·saṃ गिहिगतंgi·hi·ga·taṃ वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī ūnadvādasavassaṁ gihigataṁ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives the full admission to a married girl who is less than twelve years old, she commits an offense entailing confession.

451. 451

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 66। दुतियगिहिगतसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·gi·hi·ga·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 66. Dutiyagihigatasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 66: ordaining an untrained married girl

452. 452

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī परिपुण्णद्वादसवस्संpa·ri·puṇ·ṇad·vā·da·sa·vas·saṃ गिहिगतंgi·hi·ga·taṃ द्वेdve वस्सानिvas·sā·ni छसुcha·su धम्मेसुdham·me·su असिक्खितसिक्खंa·sik·khi·ta·sik·khaṃ वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṁ gihigataṁ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṁ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives the full admission to a married girl who is more than twelve years old, but who has not trained for two years in the six rules, she commits an offense entailing confession.

453. 453

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 67। ततियगिहिगतसिक्खापदंta·ti·ya·gi·hi·ga·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 67. Tatiyagihigatasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 67: ordaining a trained married girl without approval

454. 454

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī परिपुण्णद्वादसवस्संpa·ri·puṇ·ṇad·vā·da·sa·vas·saṃ गिहिगतंgi·hi·ga·taṃ द्वेdve वस्सानिvas·sā·ni छसुcha·su धम्मेसुdham·me·su सिक्खितसिक्खंsik·khi·ta·sik·khaṃ सङ्घेनsaṅ·ghe·na असम्मतंa·sam·ma·taṃ वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṁ gihigataṁ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṁ saṅghena asammataṁ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives the full admission to a married girl who is more than twelve years old and who has trained for two years in the six rules, but who has not been approved by the Sangha, she commits an offense entailing confession.

455. 455

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 68। पठमसहजीविनीसिक्खापदंpa·ṭha·ma·sa·ha·jī·vi·nī·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 68. Paṭhamasahajīvinīsikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 68: not guiding a disciple after ordination

456. 456

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सहजीविनिंsa·ha·jī·vi·niṃ वुट्ठापेत्वाvuṭ·ṭhā·pet·vā द्वेdve वस्सानिvas·sā·ni नेवne·va अनुग्गण्हेय्यa·nug·gaṇ·hey·ya नna अनुग्गण्हापेय्य,a·nug·gaṇ·hā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī sahajīviniṁ vuṭṭhāpetvā dve vassāni neva anuggaṇheyya na anuggaṇhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives the full admission to a disciple, and then, for the next two years, neither guides her nor has her guided, she commits an offense entailing confession.

457. 457

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 69। पवत्तिनीनानुबन्धनसिक्खापदंpa·vat·ti·nī·nā·nu·ban·dha·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 69. Pavattinīnānubandhanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 69: not following a mentor

458. 458

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī वुट्ठापितंvuṭ·ṭhā·pi·taṃ पवत्तिनिंpa·vat·ti·niṃ द्वेdve वस्सानिvas·sā·ni नानुबन्धेय्य,nā·nu·ban·dhey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī vuṭṭhāpitaṁ pavattiniṁ dve vassāni nānubandheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun does not follow the mentor who gave her the full admission for two years, she commits an offense entailing confession.

459. 459

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 70। दुतियसहजीविनीसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·sa·ha·jī·vi·nī·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 70. Dutiyasahajīvinīsikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 70: not sending away a new disciple

460. 460

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सहजीविनिंsa·ha·jī·vi·niṃ वुट्ठापेत्वाvuṭ·ṭhā·pet·vā नेवne·va वूपकासेय्यvū·pa·kā·sey·ya नna वूपकासापेय्यvū·pa·kā·sā·pey·ya अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so छप्पञ्चयोजनानिपि,chap·pañ·ca·yo·ja·nā·ni·pi पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī sahajīviniṁ vuṭṭhāpetvā neva vūpakāseyya na vūpakāsāpeyya antamaso chappañcayojanānipi, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives the full admission to a disciple, and then neither sends her away nor has her sent away at least 65 to 80 kilometers, she commits an offense entailing confession.

461. 461

     गब्भिनिवग्गोgab·bhi·ni·vag·go सत्तमो।sat·ta·mo

     Gabbhinivaggo sattamo.

     The seventh subchapter on pregnant women is finished.

462. 462

     कुमारिभूतवग्गोku·mā·ri·bhū·ta·vag·go

     Kumāribhūtavaggo

     The subchapter on unmarried women

463. 463

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 71। पठमकुमारिभूतसिक्खापदंpa·ṭha·ma·ku·mā·ri·bhū·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 71. Paṭhamakumāribhūtasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 71: ordaining an unmarried woman under twenty

464. 464

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī ऊनवीसतिवस्संū·na·vī·sa·ti·vas·saṃ कुमारिभूतंku·mā·ri·bhū·taṃ वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī ūnavīsativassaṁ kumāribhūtaṁ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives the full admission to an unmarried woman who is less than twenty years old, she commits an offense entailing confession.

465. 465

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 72। दुतियकुमारिभूतसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·ku·mā·ri·bhū·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 72. Dutiyakumāribhūtasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 72: ordaining an untrained unmarried woman

466. 466

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī परिपुण्णवीसतिवस्संpa·ri·puṇ·ṇa·vī·sa·ti·vas·saṃ कुमारिभूतंku·mā·ri·bhū·taṃ द्वेdve वस्सानिvas·sā·ni छसुcha·su धम्मेसुdham·me·su असिक्खितसिक्खंa·sik·khi·ta·sik·khaṃ वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī paripuṇṇavīsativassaṁ kumāribhūtaṁ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṁ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives the full admission to an unmarried woman who is more than twenty years old, but who has not trained for two years in the six rules, she commits an offense entailing confession.

467. 467

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 73। ततियकुमारिभूतसिक्खापदंta·ti·ya·ku·mā·ri·bhū·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 73. Tatiyakumāribhūtasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 73: ordaining a trained unmarried woman without approval

468. 468

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī परिपुण्णवीसतिवस्संpa·ri·puṇ·ṇa·vī·sa·ti·vas·saṃ कुमारिभूतंku·mā·ri·bhū·taṃ द्वेdve वस्सानिvas·sā·ni छसुcha·su धम्मेसुdham·me·su सिक्खितसिक्खंsik·khi·ta·sik·khaṃ सङ्घेनsaṅ·ghe·na असम्मतंa·sam·ma·taṃ वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī paripuṇṇavīsativassaṁ kumāribhūtaṁ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṁ saṅghena asammataṁ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives the full admission to an unmarried woman who is more than twenty years old and who has trained for two years in the six rules, but who has not been approved by the Sangha, she commits an offense entailing confession.

469. 469

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 74। ऊनद्वादसवस्ससिक्खापदंū·nad·vā·da·sa·vas·sa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 74. Ūnadvādasavassasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 74: giving ordination while under twelve years’ seniority

470. 470

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī ऊनद्वादसवस्साū·nad·vā·da·sa·vas·sā वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī ūnadvādasavassā vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun who has less than twelve years of seniority gives the full admission, she commits an offense entailing confession.

471. 471

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 75। परिपुण्णद्वादसवस्ससिक्खापदंpa·ri·puṇ·ṇad·vā·da·sa·vas·sa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 75. Paripuṇṇadvādasavassasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 75: giving ordination without approval

472. 472

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī परिपुण्णद्वादसवस्साpa·ri·puṇ·ṇad·vā·da·sa·vas·sā सङ्घेनsaṅ·ghe·na असम्मताa·sam·ma·tā वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī paripuṇṇadvādasavassā saṅghena asammatā vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun who has twelve years of seniority gives the full admission without approval from the Sangha, she commits an offense entailing confession.

473. 473

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 76। खिय्यनधम्मसिक्खापदंkhiy·ya·na·dham·ma·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 76. Khiyyanadhammasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 76: agreeing to stop ordaining, but then criticizing it

474. 474

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनी,bhik·khu·nī “अलंa·laṃ तावtā·va ते,te अय्ये,ay·ye वुट्ठापितेना”तिvuṭ·ṭhā·pi·te·nā वुच्चमाना,vuc·ca·mā·nā “साधू”तिsā·dhū पटिस्सुणित्वाpa·ṭis·su·ṇit·vā साsā पच्छाpac·chā खिय्यनधम्मंkhiy·ya·na·dham·maṃ आपज्जेय्य,ā·paj·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī, “alaṁ tāva te, ayye, vuṭṭhāpitenā”ti vuccamānā, “sādhū”ti paṭissuṇitvā sā pacchā khiyyanadhammaṁ āpajjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun is told, ‘Venerable, you’ve given enough full admissions for now,’ and she consents, saying, ‘Fine,’ but then criticizes it afterwards, she commits an offense entailing confession.

475. 475

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 77। पठमसिक्खमाननवुट्ठापनसिक्खापदंpa·ṭha·ma·sik·kha·mā·na·na·vuṭ·ṭhā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 77. Paṭhamasikkhamānanavuṭṭhāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 77: not ordaining a trainee after promising

476. 476

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सिक्खमानं,sik·kha·mā·naṃ “सचेsa·ce मेme त्वं,tvaṃ अय्ये,ay·ye चीवरंcī·va·raṃ दस्ससि,das·sa·si एवाहंe·vā·haṃ तंtaṃ वुट्ठापेस्सामी”तिvuṭ·ṭhā·pes·sā·mī वत्वाvat·vā साsā पच्छाpac·chā अनन्तरायिकिनीa·nan·ta·rā·yi·ki·nī नेवne·va वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya नna वुट्ठापनायvuṭ·ṭhā·pa·nā·ya उस्सुक्कंus·suk·kaṃ करेय्य,ka·rey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī sikkhamānaṁ, “sace me tvaṁ, ayye, cīvaraṁ dassasi, evāhaṁ taṁ vuṭṭhāpessāmī”ti vatvā sā pacchā anantarāyikinī neva vuṭṭhāpeyya, na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṁ kareyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun tells a trainee nun, ‘If you give me a robe, venerable, I’ll give you the full admission,’ but she then neither gives her the full admission nor makes any effort to have her fully admitted, then, if there were no obstacles, she commits an offense entailing confession.

477. 477

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 78। दुतियसिक्खमाननवुट्ठापनसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·sik·kha·mā·na·na·vuṭ·ṭhā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 78. Dutiyasikkhamānanavuṭṭhāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 78: not ordaining a trainee who has followed one

478. 478

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सिक्खमानं,sik·kha·mā·naṃ “सचेsa·ce मंmaṃ त्वं,tvaṃ अय्ये,ay·ye द्वेdve वस्सानिvas·sā·ni अनुबन्धिस्ससि,a·nu·ban·dhis·sa·si एवाहंe·vā·haṃ तंtaṃ वुट्ठापेस्सामी”तिvuṭ·ṭhā·pes·sā·mī वत्वाvat·vā साsā पच्छाpac·chā अनन्तरायिकिनीa·nan·ta·rā·yi·ki·nī नेवne·va वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya नna वुट्ठापनायvuṭ·ṭhā·pa·nā·ya उस्सुक्कंus·suk·kaṃ करेय्य,ka·rey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī sikkhamānaṁ, “sace maṁ tvaṁ, ayye, dve vassāni anubandhissasi, evāhaṁ taṁ vuṭṭhāpessāmī”ti vatvā sā pacchā anantarāyikinī neva vuṭṭhāpeyya, na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṁ kareyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun tells a trainee nun, ‘If you follow me for two years, venerable, I’ll give you the full admission,’ but she then neither gives her the full admission nor makes any effort to have her fully admitted, then, if there were no obstacles, she commits an offense entailing confession.

479. 479

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 79। सोकावाससिक्खापदंso·kā·vā·sa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 79. Sokāvāsasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 79: ordaining one who is difficult to live with

480. 480

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पुरिससंसट्ठंpu·ri·sa·saṃ·saṭ·ṭhaṃ कुमारकसंसट्ठंku·mā·ra·ka·saṃ·saṭ·ṭhaṃ चण्डिंcaṇ·ḍiṃ सोकावासंso·kā·vā·saṃ सिक्खमानंsik·kha·mā·naṃ वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī purisasaṁsaṭṭhaṁ kumārakasaṁsaṭṭhaṁ caṇḍiṁ sokāvāsaṁ sikkhamānaṁ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives the full admission to a trainee nun who is socializing with men and boys and who is temperamental and difficult to live with, she commits an offense entailing confession.

481. 481

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 80। अननुञ्ञातसिक्खापदंa·na·nuñ·ñā·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 80. Ananuññātasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 80: ordaining without permission from family

482. 482

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī मातापितूहिmā·tā·pi·tū·hi वाvā सामिकेनsā·mi·ke·na वाvā अननुञ्ञातंa·na·nuñ·ñā·taṃ सिक्खमानंsik·kha·mā·naṃ वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī mātāpitūhi vā sāmikena vā ananuññātaṁ sikkhamānaṁ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives the full admission to a trainee nun who has not been given permission by her parents or her husband, she commits an offense entailing confession.

483. 483

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 81। पारिवासिकसिक्खापदंpā·ri·vā·si·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 81. Pārivāsikasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 81: ordaining after consent expires

484. 484

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पारिवासिकछन्ददानेनpā·ri·vā·si·ka·chan·da·dā·ne·na सिक्खमानंsik·kha·mā·naṃ वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī pārivāsikachandadānena sikkhamānaṁ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If, when a given consent has expired, a nun gives the full admission to a trainee nun, she commits an offense entailing confession.

485. 485

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 82। अनुवस्ससिक्खापदंa·nu·vas·sa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 82. Anuvassasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 82: ordaining every year

486. 486

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अनुवस्संa·nu·vas·saṃ वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī anuvassaṁ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives full admission every year, she commits an offense entailing confession.

487. 487

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 83। एकवस्ससिक्खापदंe·ka·vas·sa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 83. Ekavassasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 83: ordaining two in the same year

488. 488

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī एकंe·kaṃ वस्संvas·saṃ द्वेdve वुट्ठापेय्य,vuṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī ekaṁ vassaṁ dve vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives the full admission to two women in the same year, she commits an offense entailing confession.

489. 489

     कुमारिभूतवग्गोku·mā·ri·bhū·ta·vag·go अट्ठमो।aṭ·ṭha·mo

     Kumāribhūtavaggo aṭṭhamo.

     The eighth subchapter on unmarried women is finished.

490. 490

     छत्तुपाहनवग्गोchat·tu·pā·ha·na·vag·go

     Chattupāhanavaggo

     The subchapter on sunshades and sandals

491. 491

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 84। छत्तुपाहनसिक्खापदंchat·tu·pā·ha·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 84. Chattupāhanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 84: using sunshades and sandals

492. 492

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अगिलानाa·gi·lā·nā छत्तुपाहनंchat·tu·pā·ha·naṃ धारेय्य,dhā·rey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī agilānā chattupāhanaṁ dhāreyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun who is not sick uses a sunshade and sandals, she commits an offense entailing confession.

493. 493

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 85। यानसिक्खापदंyā·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 85. Yānasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 85: traveling in a vehicle

494. 494

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अगिलानाa·gi·lā·nā यानेनyā·ne·na यायेय्य,yā·yey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī agilānā yānena yāyeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun who is not sick travels in a vehicle, she commits an offense entailing confession.

495. 495

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 86। सङ्घाणिसिक्खापदंsaṅ·ghā·ṇi·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 86. Saṅghāṇisikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 86: wearing a hip ornament

496. 496

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सङ्घाणिंsaṅ·ghā·ṇiṃ धारेय्य,dhā·rey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī saṅghāṇiṁ dhāreyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun wears a hip ornament, she commits an offense entailing confession.

497. 497

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 87। इत्थालङ्कारसिक्खापदंit·thā·laṅ·kā·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 87. Itthālaṅkārasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 87: wearing jewelry

498. 498

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī इत्थालङ्कारंit·thā·laṅ·kā·raṃ धारेय्य,dhā·rey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī itthālaṅkāraṁ dhāreyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun wears jewelry, she commits an offense entailing confession.

499. 499

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 88। गन्धवण्णकसिक्खापदंgan·dha·vaṇ·ṇa·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 88. Gandhavaṇṇakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 88: bathing in scents and colors

500. 500

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī गन्धवण्णकेनgan·dha·vaṇ·ṇa·ke·na नहायेय्य,na·hā·yey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī gandhavaṇṇakena nahāyeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun bathes with scents and colors, she commits an offense entailing confession.

501. 501

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 89। वासितकसिक्खापदंvā·si·ta·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 89. Vāsitakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 89: bathing with sesame paste

502. 502

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī वासितकेनvā·si·ta·ke·na पिञ्ञाकेनpiñ·ñā·ke·na नहायेय्य,na·hā·yey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī vāsitakena piññākena nahāyeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun bathes with scented sesame paste, she commits an offense entailing confession.

503. 503

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 90। भिक्खुनिउम्मद्दापनसिक्खापदंbhik·khu·ni·um·mad·dā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 90. Bhikkhuniummaddāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 90: getting a massage from a nun

504. 504

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā उम्मद्दापेय्यum·mad·dā·pey·ya वाvā परिमद्दापेय्यpa·ri·mad·dā·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā ummaddāpeyya vā parimaddāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun has a nun massage her or rub her, she commits an offense entailing confession.

505. 505

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 91। सिक्खमानउम्मद्दापनसिक्खापदंsik·kha·mā·na·um·mad·dā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 91. Sikkhamānaummaddāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 91: getting a massage from a trainee nun

506. 506

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सिक्खमानायsik·kha·mā·nā·ya उम्मद्दापेय्यum·mad·dā·pey·ya वाvā परिमद्दापेय्यpa·ri·mad·dā·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī sikkhamānāya ummaddāpeyya vā parimaddāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun has a trainee nun massage her or rub her, she commits an offense entailing confession.

507. 507

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 92। सामणेरीउम्मद्दापनसिक्खापदंsā·ma·ṇe·rī·um·mad·dā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 92. Sāmaṇerīummaddāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 92: getting a massage from a novice nun

508. 508

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सामणेरियाsā·ma·ṇe·ri·yā उम्मद्दापेय्यum·mad·dā·pey·ya वाvā परिमद्दापेय्यpa·ri·mad·dā·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī sāmaṇeriyā ummaddāpeyya vā parimaddāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun has a novice nun massage her or rub her, she commits an offense entailing confession.

509. 509

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 93। गिहिनिउम्मद्दापनसिक्खापदंgi·hi·ni·um·mad·dā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 93. Gihiniummaddāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 93: getting a massage from a female householder

510. 510

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī गिहिनियाgi·hi·ni·yā उम्मद्दापेय्यum·mad·dā·pey·ya वाvā परिमद्दापेय्यpa·ri·mad·dā·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī gihiniyā ummaddāpeyya vā parimaddāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun has a female householder massage her or rub her, she commits an offense entailing confession.

511. 511

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 94। अनापुच्छासिक्खापदंa·nā·puc·chā·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 94. Anāpucchāsikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 94: sitting in front without permission

512. 512

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa पुरतोpu·ra·to अनापुच्छाa·nā·puc·chā आसनेā·sa·ne निसीदेय्य,ni·sī·dey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhussa purato anāpucchā āsane nisīdeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun sits down on a seat in front of a monk without asking permission, she commits an offense entailing confession.

513. 513

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 95। पञ्हापुच्छनसिक्खापदंpañ·hā·puc·cha·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 95. Pañhāpucchanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 95: asking a question without permission

514. 514

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अनोकासकतंa·no·kā·sa·ka·taṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पञ्हंpañ·haṃ पुच्छेय्य,puc·chey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī anokāsakataṁ bhikkhuṁ pañhaṁ puccheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun asks a question of a monk who has not given her permission, she commits an offense entailing confession.

515. 515

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 96। असङ्कच्चिकसिक्खापदंa·saṅ·kac·ci·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 96. Asaṅkaccikasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 96: not wearing a chest wrap

516. 516

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī असङ्कच्चिकाa·saṅ·kac·ci·kā गामंgā·maṃ पविसेय्य,pa·vi·sey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī asaṅkaccikā gāmaṁ paviseyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun enters an inhabited area without wearing her chest wrap, she commits an offense entailing confession.

517. 517

     छत्तुपाहनवग्गोchat·tu·pā·ha·na·vag·go नवमो।na·va·mo

     Chattupāhanavaggo navamo.

     The ninth subchapter on sunshades and sandals is finished.

518. 518

     मुसावादवग्गोmu·sā·vā·da·vag·go

     Musāvādavaggo

     The subchapter on lying

519. 519

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 97। मुसावादसिक्खापदंmu·sā·vā·da·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 97. Musāvādasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 97: lying

520. 520

     सम्पजानमुसावादेsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā·vā·de पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun lies in full awareness, she commits an offense entailing confession.

521. 521

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 98। ओमसवादसिक्खापदंo·ma·sa·vā·da·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 98. Omasavādasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 98: abusive speech

522. 522

     ओमसवादेo·ma·sa·vā·de पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Omasavāde pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun speaks abusively, she commits an offense entailing confession.

523. 523

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 99। पेसुञ्ञसिक्खापदंpe·suñ·ña·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 99. Pesuññasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 99: malicious talebearing

524. 524

     भिक्खुनिपेसुञ्ञेbhik·khu·ni·pe·suñ·ñe पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Bhikkhunipesuññe pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun engages in malicious talebearing between nuns, she commits an offense entailing confession.

525. 525

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 100। पदसोधम्मसिक्खापदंpa·da·so·dham·ma·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 100. Padasodhammasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 100: instructing a householder to memorize the Teaching

526. 526

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अनुपसम्पन्नंa·nu·pa·sam·pan·naṃ पदसोpa·da·so धम्मंdham·maṃ वाचेय्य,vā·cey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī anupasampannaṁ padaso dhammaṁ vāceyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun instructs a person who is not fully ordained to memorize the Teaching, she commits an offense entailing confession.

527. 527

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 101। पठमसहसेय्यसिक्खापदंpa·ṭha·ma·sa·ha·sey·ya·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 101. Paṭhamasahaseyyasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 101: lying down with one not fully ordained

528. 528

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अनुपसम्पन्नायa·nu·pa·sam·pan·nā·ya उत्तरिदिरत्ततिरत्तंut·ta·ri·di·rat·ta·ti·rat·taṃ सहसेय्यंsa·ha·sey·yaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī anupasampannāya uttaridirattatirattaṁ sahaseyyaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun lies down more than two or three nights in the same sleeping place as a woman who is not fully ordained, she commits an offense entailing confession.

529. 529

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 102। दुतियसहसेय्यसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·sa·ha·sey·ya·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 102. Dutiyasahaseyyasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 102: lying down with a man

530. 530

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पुरिसेनpu·ri·se·na सहसेय्यंsa·ha·sey·yaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī purisena sahaseyyaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun lies down in the same sleeping place as a man, she commits an offense entailing confession.

531. 531

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 103। धम्मदेसनासिक्खापदंdham·ma·de·sa·nā·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 103. Dhammadesanāsikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 103: teaching a man alone

532. 532

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पुरिसस्सpu·ri·sas·sa उत्तरिछप्पञ्चवाचाहिut·ta·ri·chap·pañ·ca·vā·cā·hi धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेय्यde·sey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra विञ्ञुनाviñ·ñu·nā इत्थिविग्गहेन,it·thi·vig·ga·he·na पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī purisassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṁ deseyya aññatra viññunā itthiviggahena, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives a teaching of more than five or six sentences to a man, except in the presence of a woman who understands, she commits an offense entailing confession.

533. 533

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 104। भूतारोचनसिक्खापदंbhū·tā·ro·ca·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 104. Bhūtārocanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 104: truthfully announcing a superhuman quality

534. 534

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अनुपसम्पन्नायa·nu·pa·sam·pan·nā·ya उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ आरोचेय्य,ā·ro·cey·ya भूतस्मिंbhū·tas·miṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī anupasampannāya uttarimanussadhammaṁ āroceyya, bhūtasmiṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun truthfully tells a person who is not fully ordained of a superhuman quality, she commits an offense entailing confession.

535. 535

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 105। दुट्ठुल्लारोचनसिक्खापदंduṭ·ṭhul·lā·ro·ca·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 105. Duṭṭhullārocanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 105: announcing a nun’s grave offense

536. 536

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā दुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ अनुपसम्पन्नायa·nu·pa·sam·pan·nā·ya आरोचेय्यā·ro·cey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra भिक्खुनिसम्मुतिया,bhik·khu·ni·sam·mu·ti·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā duṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ anupasampannāya āroceyya aññatra bhikkhunisammutiyā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun tells a person who is not fully ordained about a nun’s grave offense, except if the nuns have agreed, she commits an offense entailing confession.

537. 537

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 106। पथवीखणनसिक्खापदंpa·tha·vī·kha·ṇa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 106. Pathavīkhaṇanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 106: digging the earth

538. 538

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पथविंpa·tha·viṃ खणेय्यkha·ṇey·ya वाvā खणापेय्यkha·ṇā·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī pathaviṁ khaṇeyya vā khaṇāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun digs the earth or has it dug, she commits an offense entailing confession.

539. 539

     मुसावादवग्गोmu·sā·vā·da·vag·go दसमो।da·sa·mo

     Musāvādavaggo dasamo.

     The tenth subchapter on lying is finished.

540. 540

     भूतगामवग्गोbhū·ta·gā·ma·vag·go

     Bhūtagāmavaggo

     The subchapter on plants

541. 541

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 107। भूतगामसिक्खापदंbhū·ta·gā·ma·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 107. Bhūtagāmasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 107: destroying plants

542. 542

     भूतगामपातब्यतायbhū·ta·gā·ma·pā·tab·ya·tā·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Bhūtagāmapātabyatāya pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun destroys a plant, she commits an offense entailing confession.

543. 543

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 108। अञ्ञवादकसिक्खापदंañ·ña·vā·da·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 108. Aññavādakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 108: speaking evasively

544. 544

     अञ्ञवादके,añ·ña·vā·da·ke विहेसकेvi·he·sa·ke पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Aññavādake, vihesake pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun speaks evasively or harasses, she commits an offense entailing confession.

545. 545

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 109। उज्झापनकसिक्खापदंuj·jhā·pa·na·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 109. Ujjhāpanakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 109: complaining

546. 546

     उज्झापनके,uj·jhā·pa·na·ke खिय्यनकेkhiy·ya·na·ke पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Ujjhāpanake, khiyyanake pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun complains or criticizes, she commits an offense entailing confession.

547. 547

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 110। पठमसेनासनसिक्खापदंpa·ṭha·ma·se·nā·sa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 110. Paṭhamasenāsanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 110: leaving furniture outside

548. 548

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सङ्घिकंsaṅ·ghi·kaṃ मञ्चंmañ·caṃ वाvā पीठंpī·ṭhaṃ वाvā भिसिंbhi·siṃ वाvā कोच्छंkoc·chaṃ वाvā अज्झोकासेaj·jho·kā·se सन्थरित्वाsan·tha·rit·vā वाvā सन्थरापेत्वाsan·tha·rā·pet·vā वाvā तंtaṃ पक्कमन्तीpak·ka·man·tī नेवne·va उद्धरेय्य,ud·dha·rey·ya नna उद्धरापेय्य,ud·dha·rā·pey·ya अनापुच्छंa·nā·puc·chaṃ वाvā गच्छेय्य,gac·chey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī saṅghikaṁ mañcaṁ vā pīṭhaṁ vā bhisiṁ vā kocchaṁ vā ajjhokāse santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṁ pakkamantī neva uddhareyya, na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṁ vā gaccheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun takes a bed, a bench, a mattress, or a stool belonging to the Sangha and puts it out in the open or has it put out in the open, and she then departs without putting it away, having it put away, or informing anyone, she commits an offense entailing confession.

549. 549

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 111। दुतियसेनासनसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·se·nā·sa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 111. Dutiyasenāsanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 111: not putting away bedding

550. 550

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सङ्घिकेsaṅ·ghi·ke विहारेvi·hā·re सेय्यंsey·yaṃ सन्थरित्वाsan·tha·rit·vā वाvā सन्थरापेत्वाsan·tha·rā·pet·vā वाvā तंtaṃ पक्कमन्तीpak·ka·man·tī नेवne·va उद्धरेय्य,ud·dha·rey·ya नna उद्धरापेय्य,ud·dha·rā·pey·ya अनापुच्छंa·nā·puc·chaṃ वाvā गच्छेय्य,gac·chey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī saṅghike vihāre seyyaṁ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṁ pakkamantī neva uddhareyya, na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṁ vā gaccheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun puts out bedding in a dwelling belonging to the Sangha, or has it put out, and she then departs without putting it away, having it put away, or informing anyone, she commits an offense entailing confession.

551. 551

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 112। अनुपखज्जसिक्खापदंa·nu·pa·khaj·ja·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 112. Anupakhajjasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 112: encroaching on a nun

552. 552

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सङ्घिकेsaṅ·ghi·ke विहारेvi·hā·re जानंjā·naṃ पुब्बुपगतंpub·bu·pa·ga·taṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ अनुपखज्जa·nu·pa·khaj·ja सेय्यंsey·yaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya “यस्साyas·sā सम्बाधोsam·bā·dho भविस्सति,bha·vis·sa·ti साsā पक्कमिस्सती”तिpak·ka·mis·sa·tī एतदेवe·ta·de·va पच्चयंpac·ca·yaṃ करित्वाka·rit·vā अनञ्ञं,a·nañ·ñaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī saṅghike vihāre jānaṁ pubbupagataṁ bhikkhuniṁ anupakhajja seyyaṁ kappeyya, “yassā sambādho bhavissati, sā pakkamissatī”ti etadeva paccayaṁ karitvā anaññaṁ, pācittiyaṁ.

     If, in a dwelling belonging to the Sangha, a nun arranges her sleeping place in a way that encroaches on a nun that she knows arrived there before her, with the intention that anyone who feels crowded will leave, and she does so only for this reason and no other, she commits an offense entailing confession.

553. 553

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 113। निक्कड्ढनसिक्खापदंnik·kaḍ·ḍha·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 113. Nikkaḍḍhanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 113: evicting a nun

554. 554

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ कुपिताku·pi·tā अनत्तमनाa·nat·ta·ma·nā सङ्घिकाsaṅ·ghi·kā विहाराvi·hā·rā निक्कड्ढेय्यnik·kaḍ·ḍhey·ya वाvā निक्कड्ढापेय्यnik·kaḍ·ḍhā·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniṁ kupitā anattamanā saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍheyya vā nikkaḍḍhāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun, in anger, throws a nun out of a dwelling belonging to the Sangha, or has her thrown out, she commits an offense entailing confession.

555. 555

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 114। वेहासकुटिसिक्खापदंve·hā·sa·ku·ṭi·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 114. Vehāsakuṭisikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 114: sitting down on an upper story

556. 556

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सङ्घिकेsaṅ·ghi·ke विहारेvi·hā·re उपरिवेहासकुटियाu·pa·ri·ve·hā·sa·ku·ṭi·yā आहच्चपादकंā·hac·ca·pā·da·kaṃ मञ्चंmañ·caṃ वाvā पीठंpī·ṭhaṃ वाvā अभिनिसीदेय्यa·bhi·ni·sī·dey·ya वाvā अभिनिपज्जेय्यa·bhi·ni·paj·jey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī saṅghike vihāre uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṁ mañcaṁ vā pīṭhaṁ vā abhinisīdeyya vā abhinipajjeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun sits down or lies down on a bed or a bench with detachable legs on an upper story in a dwelling belonging to the Sangha, she commits an offense entailing confession.

557. 557

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 115। महल्लकविहारसिक्खापदंma·hal·la·ka·vi·hā·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 115. Mahallakavihārasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 115: applying excessive materials to a large dwelling

558. 558

     महल्लकंma·hal·la·kaṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā विहारंvi·hā·raṃ कारयमानायkā·ra·ya·mā·nā·ya यावyā·va द्वारकोसाdvā·ra·ko·sā अग्गळट्ठपनाय,ag·ga·ḷaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ya आलोकसन्धिपरिकम्मायā·lo·ka·san·dhi·pa·ri·kam·mā·ya द्वत्तिच्छदनस्सdvat·tic·cha·da·nas·sa परियायंpa·ri·yā·yaṃ अप्पहरितेap·pa·ha·ri·te ठितायṭhi·tā·ya अधिट्ठातब्बं।a·dhiṭ·ṭhā·tab·baṃ

     Mahallakaṁ pana bhikkhuniyā vihāraṁ kārayamānāya yāva dvārakosā aggaḷaṭṭhapanāya, ālokasandhiparikammāya dvatticchadanassa pariyāyaṁ appaharite ṭhitāya adhiṭṭhātabbaṁ.

     When a nun is building a large dwelling, then standing where there are no cultivated plants, she may apply two or three layers of roofing material, taking it as far as the doorcase and using it for fixing the door and for treating the window openings.

559. 559

     ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri अप्पहरितेपिap·pa·ha·ri·te·pi ठिताṭhi·tā अधिट्ठहेय्य,a·dhiṭ·ṭha·hey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Tato ce uttari appaharitepi ṭhitā adhiṭṭhaheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If she applies more than that, even if she stands where there are no cultivated plants, she commits an offense entailing confession.

560. 560

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 116। सप्पाणकसिक्खापदंsap·pā·ṇa·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 116. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 116: pouring water with living beings in it

561. 561

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī जानंjā·naṃ सप्पाणकंsap·pā·ṇa·kaṃ उदकंu·da·kaṃ तिणंti·ṇaṃ वाvā मत्तिकंmat·ti·kaṃ वाvā सिञ्चेय्यsiñ·cey·ya वाvā सिञ्चापेय्यsiñ·cā·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī jānaṁ sappāṇakaṁ udakaṁ tiṇaṁ vā mattikaṁ vā siñceyya vā siñcāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun pours water that she knows contains living beings onto grass or clay, or has it poured, she commits an offense entailing confession.

562. 562

     भूतगामवग्गोbhū·ta·gā·ma·vag·go एकादसमो।e·kā·da·sa·mo

     Bhūtagāmavaggo ekādasamo.

     The eleventh subchapter on plants is finished.

563. 563

     भोजनवग्गोbho·ja·na·vag·go

     Bhojanavaggo

     The subchapter on eating

564. 564

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 117। आवसथपिण्डसिक्खापदंā·va·sa·tha·piṇ·ḍa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 117. Āvasathapiṇḍasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 117: eating excessively at a public guesthouse

565. 565

     अगिलानायa·gi·lā·nā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā एकोe·ko आवसथपिण्डोā·va·sa·tha·piṇ·ḍo भुञ्जितब्बो।bhuñ·ji·tab·bo

     Agilānāya bhikkhuniyā eko āvasathapiṇḍo bhuñjitabbo.

     If a nun who is not sick eats more than one almsmeal at a public guesthouse,

566. 566

     ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri भुञ्जेय्य,bhuñ·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Tato ce uttari bhuñjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     she commits an offense entailing confession.

567. 567

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 118। गणभोजनसिक्खापदंga·ṇa·bho·ja·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 118. Gaṇabhojanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 118: eating in a group

568. 568

     गणभोजनेga·ṇa·bho·ja·ne अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra समयाsa·ma·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Gaṇabhojane aññatra samayā pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun eats in a group, except on an appropriate occasion, she commits an offense entailing confession.

569. 569

     तत्थायंtat·thā·yaṃ समयो,sa·ma·yo गिलानसमयो,gi·lā·na·sa·ma·yo चीवरदानसमयोcī·va·ra·dā·na·sa·ma·yo , चीवरकारसमयो,cī·va·ra·kā·ra·sa·ma·yo अद्धानगमनसमयो,ad·dhā·na·ga·ma·na·sa·ma·yo नावाभिरुहनसमयो,nā·vā·bhi·ru·ha·na·sa·ma·yo महासमयो,ma·hā·sa·ma·yo समणभत्तसमयो,sa·ma·ṇa·bhat·ta·sa·ma·yo अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha समयो।sa·ma·yo

     Tatthāyaṁ samayo, gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo , cīvarakārasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo, nāvābhiruhanasamayo, mahāsamayo, samaṇabhattasamayo, ayaṁ tattha samayo.

     These are the appropriate occasions: she is sick; it is the robe-giving season; it is a time of making robes; she is traveling; she is on a boat; it is a big occasion; it is a meal given by a monastic.

570. 570

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 119। काणमातुसिक्खापदंkā·ṇa·mā·tu·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 119. Kāṇamātusikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 119: accepting more than three bowlfuls

571. 571

     भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ पनेवpa·ne·va कुलंku·laṃ उपगतंu·pa·ga·taṃ पूवेहिpū·ve·hi वाvā मन्थेहिman·the·hi वाvā अभिहट्ठुंa·bhi·haṭ·ṭhuṃ पवारेय्य,pa·vā·rey·ya आकङ्खमानायā·kaṅ·kha·mā·nā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā द्वत्तिपत्तपूराdvat·ti·pat·ta·pū·rā पटिग्गहेतब्बा।pa·ṭig·ga·he·tab·bā

     Bhikkhuniṁ paneva kulaṁ upagataṁ pūvehi vā manthehi vā abhihaṭṭhuṁ pavāreyya, ākaṅkhamānāya bhikkhuniyā dvattipattapūrā paṭiggahetabbā.

     If a nun goes to a family and is invited to take cookies or crackers, she may accept two or three bowlfuls if she wishes.

572. 572

     ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri पटिग्गण्हेय्य,pa·ṭig·gaṇ·hey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Tato ce uttari paṭiggaṇheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If she accepts more than that, she commits an offense entailing confession.

573. 573

     द्वत्तिपत्तपूरेdvat·ti·pat·ta·pū·re पटिग्गहेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·het·vā ततोta·to नीहरित्वाnī·ha·rit·vā भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ संविभजितब्बं,saṃ·vi·bha·ji·tab·baṃ अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha सामीचि।sā·mī·ci

     Dvattipattapūre paṭiggahetvā tato nīharitvā bhikkhunīhi saddhiṁ saṁvibhajitabbaṁ, ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

     If she accepts two or three bowlfuls, she should take it away and share it with the nuns. This is the proper procedure.

574. 574

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 120। विकालभोजनसिक्खापदंvi·kā·la·bho·ja·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 120. Vikālabhojanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 120: eating at the wrong time

575. 575

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī विकालेvi·kā·le खादनीयंkhā·da·nī·yaṃ वाvā भोजनीयंbho·ja·nī·yaṃ वाvā खादेय्यkhā·dey·ya वाvā भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī vikāle khādanīyaṁ vā bhojanīyaṁ vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun eats fresh or cooked food at the wrong time, she commits an offense entailing confession.

576. 576

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 121। सन्निधिकारकसिक्खापदंsan·ni·dhi·kā·ra·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 121. Sannidhikārakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 121: eating stored food

577. 577

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सन्निधिकारकंsan·ni·dhi·kā·ra·kaṃ खादनीयंkhā·da·nī·yaṃ वाvā भोजनीयंbho·ja·nī·yaṃ वाvā खादेय्यkhā·dey·ya वाvā भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī sannidhikārakaṁ khādanīyaṁ vā bhojanīyaṁ vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun eats fresh or cooked food that she has stored, she commits an offense entailing confession.

578. 578

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 122। दन्तपोनसिक्खापदंdan·ta·po·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 122. Dantaponasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 122: eating ungiven food

579. 579

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ मुखद्वारंmu·khad·vā·raṃ आहारंā·hā·raṃ आहरेय्यā·ha·rey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra उदकदन्तपोना,u·da·ka·dan·ta·po·nā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī adinnaṁ mukhadvāraṁ āhāraṁ āhareyya aññatra udakadantaponā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun eats food that has not been given, except for water and tooth cleaners, she commits an offense entailing confession.

580. 580

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 123। उय्योजनसिक्खापदंuy·yo·ja·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 123. Uyyojanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 123: dismissing a nun during almsround

581. 581

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनिं,bhik·khu·niṃ “एहाय्ये,e·hāy·ye गामंgā·maṃ वाvā निगमंni·ga·maṃ वाvā पिण्डायpiṇ·ḍā·ya पविसिस्सामा”तिpa·vi·sis·sā·mā तस्साtas·sā दापेत्वाdā·pet·vā वाvā अदापेत्वाa·dā·pet·vā वाvā उय्योजेय्य,uy·yo·jey·ya “गच्छाय्ये,gac·chāy·ye नna मेme तयाta·yā सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ कथाka·thā वाvā निसज्जाni·saj·jā वाvā फासुphā·su होति,ho·ti एकिकायe·ki·kā·ya मेme कथाka·thā वाvā निसज्जाni·saj·jā वाvā फासुphā·su होती”तिho·tī एतदेवe·ta·de·va पच्चयंpac·ca·yaṃ करित्वाka·rit·vā अनञ्ञं,a·nañ·ñaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniṁ, “ehāyye, gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisissāmā”ti tassā dāpetvā vā adāpetvā vā uyyojeyya, “gacchāyye, na me tayā saddhiṁ kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hoti, ekikāya me kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hotī”ti etadeva paccayaṁ karitvā anaññaṁ, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun says to a nun, ‘Come, let’s go to the village or town for alms,’ and then, whether she has had food given to her or not, sends her away, saying, ‘Go away, I’m not comfortable talking or sitting with you, but only if I talk and sit by myself,’ and she does so only for this reason and no other, she commits an offense entailing confession.

582. 582

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 124। सभोजनसिक्खापदंsa·bho·ja·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 124. Sabhojanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 124: intruding on a lustful couple

583. 583

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सभोजनेsa·bho·ja·ne कुलेku·le अनुपखज्जa·nu·pa·khaj·ja निसज्जंni·saj·jaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun sits down intruding on a lustful couple, she commits an offense entailing confession.

584. 584

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 125। रहोपटिच्छन्नसिक्खापदंra·ho·pa·ṭic·chan·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 125. Rahopaṭicchannasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 125: sitting with a man in a concealed place

585. 585

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पुरिसेनpu·ri·se·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ रहोra·ho पटिच्छन्नेpa·ṭic·chan·ne आसनेā·sa·ne निसज्जंni·saj·jaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī purisena saddhiṁ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun sits down in private on a concealed seat with a man, she commits an offense entailing confession.

586. 586

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 126। रहोनिसज्जसिक्खापदंra·ho·ni·saj·ja·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 126. Rahonisajjasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 126: sitting alone with a man

587. 587

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पुरिसेनpu·ri·se·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ एकेनेकाe·ke·ne·kā रहोra·ho निसज्जंni·saj·jaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī purisena saddhiṁ ekenekā raho nisajjaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun sits down in private alone with a man, she commits an offense entailing confession.

588. 588

     भोजनवग्गोbho·ja·na·vag·go द्वादसमो।dvā·da·sa·mo

     Bhojanavaggo dvādasamo.

     The twelfth subchapter on eating is finished.

589. 589

     चारित्तवग्गोcā·rit·ta·vag·go

     Cārittavaggo

     The subchapter on visiting

590. 590

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 127। चारित्तसिक्खापदंcā·rit·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 127. Cārittasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 127: visiting families before a meal

591. 591

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī निमन्तिताni·man·ti·tā सभत्ताsa·bhat·tā समानाsa·mā·nā सन्तिंsan·tiṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ अनापुच्छाa·nā·puc·chā पुरेभत्तंpu·re·bhat·taṃ वाvā पच्छाभत्तंpac·chā·bhat·taṃ वाvā कुलेसुku·le·su चारित्तंcā·rit·taṃ आपज्जेय्यā·paj·jey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra समया,sa·ma·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī nimantitā sabhattā samānā santiṁ bhikkhuniṁ anāpucchā purebhattaṁ vā pacchābhattaṁ vā kulesu cārittaṁ āpajjeyya aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun who has been invited to a meal visits families beforehand or afterwards without informing an available nun, except on an appropriate occasion, she commits an offense entailing confession.

592. 592

     तत्थायंtat·thā·yaṃ समयो,sa·ma·yo चीवरदानसमयो,cī·va·ra·dā·na·sa·ma·yo चीवरकारसमयो,cī·va·ra·kā·ra·sa·ma·yo अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha समयो।sa·ma·yo

     Tatthāyaṁ samayo, cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo, ayaṁ tattha samayo.

     These are the appropriate occasions: it is the robe-giving season; it is a time of making robes.

593. 593

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 128। महानामसिक्खापदंma·hā·nā·ma·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 128. Mahānāmasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 128: accepting an invitation of more than four months

594. 594

     अगिलानायa·gi·lā·nā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā चतुमासप्पच्चयपवारणाca·tu·mā·sap·pac·ca·ya·pa·vā·ra·ṇā सादितब्बाsā·di·tab·bā अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra पुनपवारणाय,pu·na·pa·vā·ra·ṇā·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra निच्चपवारणाय।nic·ca·pa·vā·ra·ṇā·ya ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri सादियेय्य,sā·di·yey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Agilānāya bhikkhuniyā catumāsappaccayapavāraṇā sāditabbā aññatra punapavāraṇāya, aññatra niccapavāraṇāya. Tato ce uttari sādiyeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     A nun who is not sick may accept an invitation to ask for requisites for four months. If she accepts one beyond that limit, except if it is a further invitation or a permanent invitation, she commits an offense entailing confession.

595. 595

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 129। उय्युत्तसेनासिक्खापदंuy·yut·ta·se·nā·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 129. Uyyuttasenāsikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 129: going to see a mobilized army

596. 596

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī उय्युत्तंuy·yut·taṃ सेनंse·naṃ दस्सनायdas·sa·nā·ya गच्छेय्यgac·chey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra तथारूपप्पच्चया,ta·thā·rū·pap·pac·ca·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī uyyuttaṁ senaṁ dassanāya gaccheyya aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun goes to see an army, except if there is a suitable reason, she commits an offense entailing confession.

597. 597

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 130। सेनावाससिक्खापदंse·nā·vā·sa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 130. Senāvāsasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 130: staying more than three days with an army

598. 598

     सियाsi·yā चca तस्साtas·sā भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā कोचिदेवko·ci·de·va पच्चयोpac·ca·yo सेनंse·naṃ गमनाय,ga·ma·nā·ya दिरत्ततिरत्तंdi·rat·ta·ti·rat·taṃ तायtā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā सेनायse·nā·ya वसितब्बं।va·si·tab·baṃ ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri वसेय्य,va·sey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Siyā ca tassā bhikkhuniyā kocideva paccayo senaṁ gamanāya, dirattatirattaṁ tāya bhikkhuniyā senāya vasitabbaṁ. Tato ce uttari vaseyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If that nun has a reason for going to the army, she may stay with the army for two or three nights. If she stays longer than that, she commits an offense entailing confession.

599. 599

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 131। उय्योधिकसिक्खापदंuy·yo·dhi·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 131. Uyyodhikasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 131: seeing an army in action

600. 600

     दिरत्ततिरत्तंdi·rat·ta·ti·rat·taṃ चेce भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सेनायse·nā·ya वसमानाva·sa·mā·nā उय्योधिकंuy·yo·dhi·kaṃ वाvā बलग्गंba·lag·gaṃ वाvā सेनाब्यूहंse·nāb·yū·haṃ वाvā अनीकदस्सनंa·nī·ka·das·sa·naṃ वाvā गच्छेय्य,gac·chey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Dirattatirattaṁ ce bhikkhunī senāya vasamānā uyyodhikaṁ vā balaggaṁ vā senābyūhaṁ vā anīkadassanaṁ vā gaccheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun who is staying with an army for two or three nights goes to a battle, a troop review, a massing of the army, or a troop inspection, she commits an offense entailing confession.

601. 601

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 132। सुरापानसिक्खापदंsu·rā·pā·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 132. Surāpānasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 132: drinking alcohol

602. 602

     सुरामेरयपानेsu·rā·me·ra·ya·pā·ne पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Surāmerayapāne pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun drinks this or that kind of alcoholic drink, she commits an offense entailing confession.

603. 603

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 133। अङ्गुलिपतोदकसिक्खापदंaṅ·gu·li·pa·to·da·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 133. Aṅgulipatodakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 133: tickling

604. 604

     अङ्गुलिपतोदकेaṅ·gu·li·pa·to·da·ke पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Aṅgulipatodake pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun tickles someone, she commits an offense entailing confession.

605. 605

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 134। हसधम्मसिक्खापदंha·sa·dham·ma·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 134. Hasadhammasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 134: playing in water

606. 606

     उदकेu·da·ke हसधम्मेha·sa·dham·me पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Udake hasadhamme pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun plays in water, she commits an offense entailing confession.

607. 607

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 135। अनादरियसिक्खापदंa·nā·da·ri·ya·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 135. Anādariyasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 135: disrespect

608. 608

     अनादरियेa·nā·da·ri·ye पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Anādariye pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun is disrespectful, she commits an offense entailing confession.

609. 609

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 136। भिंसापनसिक्खापदंbhiṃ·sā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 136. Bhiṁsāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 136: scaring a nun

610. 610

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ भिंसापेय्य,bhiṃ·sā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniṁ bhiṁsāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun scares a nun, she commits an offense entailing confession.

611. 611

     चारित्तवग्गोcā·rit·ta·vag·go तेरसमो।te·ra·sa·mo

     Cārittavaggo terasamo.

     The thirteenth subchapter on visiting is finished.

612. 612

     जोतिवग्गोjo·ti·vag·go

     Jotivaggo

     The subchapter on fire

613. 613

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 137। जोतिसिक्खापदंjo·ti·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 137. Jotisikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 137: lighting a fire

614. 614

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अगिलानाa·gi·lā·nā विसिब्बनापेक्खाvi·sib·ba·nā·pek·khā जोतिंjo·tiṃ समादहेय्यsa·mā·da·hey·ya वाvā समादहापेय्यsa·mā·da·hā·pey·ya वाvā अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra तथारूपप्पच्चया,ta·thā·rū·pap·pac·ca·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī agilānā visibbanāpekkhā jotiṁ samādaheyya vā samādahāpeyya vā aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun who is not sick lights a fire to warm herself, or has one lit, except if there is a suitable reason, she commits an offense entailing confession.

615. 615

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 138। नहानसिक्खापदंna·hā·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 138. Nahānasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 138: bathing too often

616. 616

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī ओरेनद्धमासंo·re·nad·dha·mā·saṃ नहायेय्यna·hā·yey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra समया,sa·ma·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī orenaddhamāsaṁ nahāyeyya aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun bathes at intervals of less than a half-month, except on an appropriate occasion, she commits an offense entailing confession.

617. 617

     तत्थायंtat·thā·yaṃ समयोsa·ma·yo “दियड्ढोdi·yaḍ·ḍho मासोmā·so सेसोse·so गिम्हान”न्तिgim·hā·na “वस्सानस्सvas·sā·nas·sa पठमोpa·ṭha·mo मासो”mā·so इच्चेतेic·ce·te अड्ढतेय्यमासाaḍ·ḍha·tey·ya·mā·sā उण्हसमयो,uṇ·ha·sa·ma·yo परिळाहसमयो,pa·ri·ḷā·ha·sa·ma·yo गिलानसमयो,gi·lā·na·sa·ma·yo कम्मसमयो,kam·ma·sa·ma·yo अद्धानगमनसमयो,ad·dhā·na·ga·ma·na·sa·ma·yo वातवुट्ठिसमयो,vā·ta·vuṭ·ṭhi·sa·ma·yo अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha समयो।sa·ma·yo

     Tatthāyaṁ samayo “diyaḍḍho māso seso gimhāna”nti “vassānassa paṭhamo māso” iccete aḍḍhateyyamāsā uṇhasamayo, pariḷāhasamayo, gilānasamayo, kammasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo, vātavuṭṭhisamayo, ayaṁ tattha samayo.

     These are the appropriate occasions: it is the two-and-a-half-month period of summer and the fever season, comprising the last one-and-a-half months of summer and the first month of the rainy season; she is sick; she is working; she is traveling; there is wind and rain.

618. 618

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 139। दुब्बण्णकरणसिक्खापदंdub·baṇ·ṇa·ka·ra·ṇa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 139. Dubbaṇṇakaraṇasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 139: not making stains on a new robe

619. 619

     नवंna·vaṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā चीवरलाभायcī·va·ra·lā·bhā·ya तिण्णंtiṇ·ṇaṃ दुब्बण्णकरणानंdub·baṇ·ṇa·ka·ra·ṇā·naṃ अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ दुब्बण्णकरणंdub·baṇ·ṇa·ka·ra·ṇaṃ आदातब्बंā·dā·tab·baṃ नीलंnī·laṃ वाvā कद्दमंkad·da·maṃ वाvā काळसामंkā·ḷa·sā·maṃ वा।vā अनादाa·nā·dā चेce भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī तिण्णंtiṇ·ṇaṃ दुब्बण्णकरणानंdub·baṇ·ṇa·ka·ra·ṇā·naṃ अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ दुब्बण्णकरणंdub·baṇ·ṇa·ka·ra·ṇaṃ नवंna·vaṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ परिभुञ्जेय्य,pa·ri·bhuñ·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Navaṁ pana bhikkhuniyā cīvaralābhāya tiṇṇaṁ dubbaṇṇakaraṇānaṁ aññataraṁ dubbaṇṇakaraṇaṁ ādātabbaṁ nīlaṁ vā kaddamaṁ vā kāḷasāmaṁ vā. Anādā ce bhikkhunī tiṇṇaṁ dubbaṇṇakaraṇānaṁ aññataraṁ dubbaṇṇakaraṇaṁ navaṁ cīvaraṁ paribhuñjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     When a nun gets a new robe, she should apply one of three kinds of stains: blue-green, mud color, or dark brown. If a nun uses a new robe without applying any of the three kinds of stains, she commits an offense entailing confession.

620. 620

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 140। विकप्पनसिक्खापदंvi·kap·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 140. Vikappanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 140: using assigned property that has not been relinquished

621. 621

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa वाvā भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā वाvā सिक्खमानायsik·kha·mā·nā·ya वाvā सामणेरस्सsā·ma·ṇe·ras·sa वाvā सामणेरियाsā·ma·ṇe·ri·yā वाvā सामंsā·maṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ विकप्पेत्वाvi·kap·pet·vā अपच्चुद्धारणंa·pac·cud·dhā·ra·ṇaṃ परिभुञ्जेय्य,pa·ri·bhuñ·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā sikkhamānāya vā sāmaṇerassa vā sāmaṇeriyā vā sāmaṁ cīvaraṁ vikappetvā apaccuddhāraṇaṁ paribhuñjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun herself assigns the ownership of a robe to a monk, a nun, a trainee nun, a novice monk, or a novice nun, and she then uses it without the other first relinquishing it, she commits an offense entailing confession.

622. 622

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 141। अपनिधापनसिक्खापदंa·pa·ni·dhā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 141. Apanidhāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 141: hiding a robe

623. 623

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā पत्तंpat·taṃ वाvā चीवरंcī·va·raṃ वाvā निसीदनंni·sī·da·naṃ वाvā सूचिघरंsū·ci·gha·raṃ वाvā कायबन्धनंkā·ya·ban·dha·naṃ वाvā अपनिधेय्यa·pa·ni·dhey·ya वाvā अपनिधापेय्यa·pa·ni·dhā·pey·ya वाvā अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so हसापेक्खापि,ha·sā·pek·khā·pi पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā pattaṁ vā cīvaraṁ vā nisīdanaṁ vā sūcigharaṁ vā kāyabandhanaṁ vā apanidheyya vā apanidhāpeyya vā antamaso hasāpekkhāpi, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun hides a nun’s bowl, robe, sitting mat, needle case, or belt, or she has it hidden, even just for a laugh, she commits an offense entailing confession.

624. 624

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 142। सञ्चिच्चसिक्खापदंsañ·cic·ca·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 142. Sañciccasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 142: intentionally killing a living being

625. 625

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca पाणंpā·ṇaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेय्य,vo·ro·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī sañcicca pāṇaṁ jīvitā voropeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun intentionally kills a living being, she commits an offense entailing confession.

626. 626

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 143। सप्पाणकसिक्खापदंsap·pā·ṇa·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 143. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 143: using water with living beings in it

627. 627

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī जानंjā·naṃ सप्पाणकंsap·pā·ṇa·kaṃ उदकंu·da·kaṃ परिभुञ्जेय्य,pa·ri·bhuñ·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī jānaṁ sappāṇakaṁ udakaṁ paribhuñjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun uses water that she knows contains living beings, she commits an offense entailing confession.

628. 628

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 144। उक्कोटनसिक्खापदंuk·ko·ṭa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 144. Ukkoṭanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 144: reopening a settled legal issue

629. 629

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī जानंjā·naṃ यथाधम्मंya·thā·dham·maṃ निहताधिकरणंni·ha·tā·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ पुनकम्मायpu·na·kam·mā·ya उक्कोटेय्य,uk·ko·ṭey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī jānaṁ yathādhammaṁ nihatādhikaraṇaṁ punakammāya ukkoṭeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun reopens a legal issue that she knows has been legitimately settled, she commits an offense entailing confession.

630. 630

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 145। थेय्यसत्थसिक्खापदंthey·ya·sat·tha·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 145. Theyyasatthasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 145: traveling with thieves

631. 631

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī जानंjā·naṃ थेय्यसत्थेनthey·ya·sat·the·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ संविधायsaṃ·vi·dhā·ya एकद्धानमग्गंe·kad·dhā·na·mag·gaṃ पटिपज्जेय्यpa·ṭi·paj·jey·ya अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so गामन्तरम्पि,gā·man·ta·ram·pi पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī jānaṁ theyyasatthena saddhiṁ saṁvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṁ paṭipajjeyya antamaso gāmantarampi, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun knowingly travels by arrangement with a group of thieves, even just to the next inhabited area, she commits an offense entailing confession.

632. 632

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 146। अरिट्ठसिक्खापदंa·riṭ·ṭha·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 146. Ariṭṭhasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 146: not giving up a bad view

633. 633

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य:va·dey·ya

     Yā pana bhikkhunī evaṁ vadeyya:

     If a nun says,

634. 634

     “तथाहंta·thā·haṃ भगवताbha·ga·va·tā धम्मंdham·maṃ देसितंde·si·taṃ आजानामि,ā·jā·nā·mi यथाya·thā येमेye·me अन्तरायिकाan·ta·rā·yi·kā धम्माdham·mā वुत्ताvut·tā भगवता,bha·ga·va·tā तेte पटिसेवतोpa·ṭi·se·va·to नालंnā·laṃ अन्तरायाया”ति।an·ta·rā·yā·yā

     “tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā”ti.

     ‘As I understand the Buddha’s Teaching, the things he calls obstacles are unable to obstruct one who indulges in them,’

635. 635

     साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीया:va·ca·nī·yā

     Sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi evamassa vacanīyā:

     then the nuns should correct her like this:

636. 636

     “माय्येmāy·ye एवंe·vaṃ अवच,a·va·ca माmā भगवन्तंbha·ga·van·taṃ अब्भाचिक्खि,ab·bhā·cik·khi नna हिhi साधुsā·dhu भगवतोbha·ga·va·to अब्भक्खानं,ab·bhak·khā·naṃ नna हिhi भगवाbha·ga·vā एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य,va·dey·ya

     “māyye evaṁ avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya,

     ‘No, venerable, don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for it’s not good to misrepresent the Buddha. The Buddha would never say such a thing.

637. 637

     अनेकपरियायेनाय्येa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·nāy·ye अन्तरायिकाan·ta·rā·yi·kā धम्माdham·mā अन्तरायिकाan·ta·rā·yi·kā वुत्ताvut·tā भगवता,bha·ga·va·tā अलञ्चa·lañ·ca पनpa·na तेte पटिसेवतोpa·ṭi·se·va·to अन्तरायाया”ति।an·ta·rā·yā·yā

     anekapariyāyenāyye antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā, alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā”ti.

     In many discourses the Buddha has declared the obstacles to be obstructive and how they obstruct one who indulges in them.’

638. 638

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi वुच्चमानाvuc·ca·mā·nā तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्य,pag·gaṇ·hey·ya साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ समनुभासितब्बाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·tab·bā तस्सtas·sa पटिनिस्सग्गाय।pa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·ya

     Evañca sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi vuccamānā tatheva paggaṇheyya, sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbā tassa paṭinissaggāya.

     If that nun continues as before, the nuns should press her up to three times to make her give up that view.

639. 639

     यावततियञ्चेyā·va·ta·ti·yañ·ce समनुभासियमानाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·ya·mā·nā तंtaṃ पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं।ku·sa·laṃ

     Yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsiyamānā taṁ paṭinissajjeyya, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.

     If she then gives it up, all is well.

640. 640

     नोno चेce पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     No ce paṭinissajjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If she does not, she commits an offense entailing confession.

641. 641

     जोतिवग्गोjo·ti·vag·go चुद्दसमो।cud·da·sa·mo

     Jotivaggo cuddasamo.

     The fourteenth subchapter on fire is finished.

642. 642

     दिट्ठिवग्गोdiṭ·ṭhi·vag·go

     Diṭṭhivaggo

     The subchapter on view

643. 643

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 147। उक्खित्तसम्भोगसिक्खापदंuk·khit·ta·sam·bho·ga·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 147. Ukkhittasambhogasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 147: living with an ejected nun

644. 644

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī जानंjā·naṃ तथावादिनियाta·thā·vā·di·ni·yā भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā अकटानुधम्मायa·ka·ṭā·nu·dham·mā·ya तंtaṃ दिट्ठिंdiṭ·ṭhiṃ अप्पटिनिस्सट्ठायap·pa·ṭi·nis·saṭ·ṭhā·ya सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ सम्भुञ्जेय्यsam·bhuñ·jey·ya वा,vā संवसेय्यsaṃ·va·sey·ya वा,vā सहsa·ha वाvā सेय्यंsey·yaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī jānaṁ tathāvādiniyā bhikkhuniyā akaṭānudhammāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissaṭṭhāya saddhiṁ sambhuñjeyya vā, saṁvaseyya vā, saha vā seyyaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun lives, does formal meetings, or shares a sleeping place with a nun who she knows is saying such things, who has not made amends according to the rule, and who has not given up that view, she commits an offense entailing confession.

645. 645

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 148। कण्टकसिक्खापदंkaṇ·ṭa·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 148. Kaṇṭakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 148: supporting a novice nun with a bad view

646. 646

     समणुद्देसापिsa·ma·ṇud·de·sā·pi चेce एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य:va·dey·ya

     Samaṇuddesāpi ce evaṁ vadeyya:

     Also if a novice nun says,

647. 647

     “तथाहंta·thā·haṃ भगवताbha·ga·va·tā धम्मंdham·maṃ देसितंde·si·taṃ आजानामि,ā·jā·nā·mi यथाya·thā येमेye·me अन्तरायिकाan·ta·rā·yi·kā धम्माdham·mā वुत्ताvut·tā भगवता,bha·ga·va·tā तेte पटिसेवतोpa·ṭi·se·va·to नालंnā·laṃ अन्तरायाया”ति।an·ta·rā·yā·yā

     “tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā”ti.

     ‘As I understand the Buddha’s Teaching, the things he calls obstacles are unable to obstruct one who indulges in them,’

648. 648

     साsā समणुद्देसाsa·ma·ṇud·de·sā भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीया:va·ca·nī·yā

     Sā samaṇuddesā bhikkhunīhi evamassa vacanīyā:

     then the nuns should correct her like this:

649. 649

     “माय्ये,māy·ye समणुद्देसेsa·ma·ṇud·de·se एवंe·vaṃ अवच,a·va·ca माmā भगवन्तंbha·ga·van·taṃ अब्भाचिक्खि,ab·bhā·cik·khi नna हिhi साधुsā·dhu भगवतोbha·ga·va·to अब्भक्खानं,ab·bhak·khā·naṃ नna हिhi भगवाbha·ga·vā एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य,va·dey·ya

     “māyye, samaṇuddese evaṁ avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya,

     ‘No, don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for it’s not good to misrepresent the Buddha. The Buddha would never say such a thing.

650. 650

     अनेकपरियायेनाय्ये,a·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·nāy·ye समणुद्देसेsa·ma·ṇud·de·se अन्तरायिकाan·ta·rā·yi·kā धम्माdham·mā अन्तरायिकाan·ta·rā·yi·kā वुत्ताvut·tā भगवता,bha·ga·va·tā अलञ्चa·lañ·ca पनpa·na तेte पटिसेवतोpa·ṭi·se·va·to अन्तरायाया”ति।an·ta·rā·yā·yā

     anekapariyāyenāyye, samaṇuddese antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā, alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā”ti.

     In many discourses the Buddha has declared the obstacles to be obstructive and how they obstruct one who indulges in them.’

651. 651

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca साsā समणुद्देसाsa·ma·ṇud·de·sā भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi वुच्चमानाvuc·ca·mā·nā तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्य,pag·gaṇ·hey·ya साsā समणुद्देसाsa·ma·ṇud·de·sā भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीया:va·ca·nī·yā

     Evañca sā samaṇuddesā bhikkhunīhi vuccamānā tatheva paggaṇheyya, sā samaṇuddesā bhikkhunīhi evamassa vacanīyā:

     If that novice nun continues as before, she should be told:

652. 652

     “अज्जतग्गेaj·ja·tag·ge ते,te अय्ये,ay·ye समणुद्देसेsa·ma·ṇud·de·se नna चेवce·va सोso भगवाbha·ga·vā सत्थाsat·thā अपदिसितब्बो,a·pa·di·si·tab·bo

     “ajjatagge te, ayye, samaṇuddese na ceva so bhagavā satthā apadisitabbo,

     ‘From today on you may not refer to the Buddha as your teacher.

653. 653

     यम्पिyam·pi चञ्ञाcañ·ñā समणुद्देसाsa·ma·ṇud·de·sā लभन्तिla·bhan·ti भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ दिरत्ततिरत्तंdi·rat·ta·ti·rat·taṃ सहसेय्यं,sa·ha·sey·yaṃ सापिsā·pi तेte नत्थि,nat·thi

     yampi caññā samaṇuddesā labhanti bhikkhunīhi saddhiṁ dirattatirattaṁ sahaseyyaṁ, sāpi te natthi,

     And, unlike other novices, you can no longer share a sleeping place with the nuns for two or three nights.

654. 654

     चरca·ra पिरे,pi·re विनस्सा”ति।vi·nas·sā

     cara pire, vinassā”ti.

     Go! Away with you!’

655. 655

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī जानंjā·naṃ तथानासितंta·thā·nā·si·taṃ समणुद्देसंsa·ma·ṇud·de·saṃ उपलापेय्यu·pa·lā·pey·ya वा,vā उपट्ठापेय्यu·paṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya वा,vā सम्भुञ्जेय्यsam·bhuñ·jey·ya वा,vā सहsa·ha वाvā सेय्यंsey·yaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī jānaṁ tathānāsitaṁ samaṇuddesaṁ upalāpeyya vā, upaṭṭhāpeyya vā, sambhuñjeyya vā, saha vā seyyaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun befriends that novice nun, or she is attended on by her, lives with her, or shares a sleeping place with her, even though she knows that she has been expelled in this way, she commits an offense entailing confession.

656. 656

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 149। सहधम्मिकसिक्खापदंsa·ha·dham·mi·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 149. Sahadhammikasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 149: not accepting legitimate correction

657. 657

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi सहधम्मिकंsa·ha·dham·mi·kaṃ वुच्चमानाvuc·ca·mā·nā एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य:va·dey·ya “नna तावाहं,tā·vā·haṃ अय्ये,ay·ye एतस्मिंe·tas·miṃ सिक्खापदेsik·khā·pa·de सिक्खिस्सामि,sik·khis·sā·mi यावyā·va नna अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ ब्यत्तंbyat·taṃ विनयधरंvi·na·ya·dha·raṃ परिपुच्छामी”ति,pa·ri·puc·chā·mī पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi sahadhammikaṁ vuccamānā evaṁ vadeyya: “na tāvāhaṁ, ayye, etasmiṁ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi, yāva na aññaṁ bhikkhuniṁ byattaṁ vinayadharaṁ paripucchāmī”ti, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun, when legitimately corrected by the nuns, says, ‘I won’t practice this training rule until I’ve questioned a nun who is an expert on the Monastic Law,’ she commits an offense entailing confession.

658. 658

     सिक्खमानाय,sik·kha·mā·nā·ya भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā अञ्ञातब्बंañ·ñā·tab·baṃ परिपुच्छितब्बंpa·ri·puc·chi·tab·baṃ परिपञ्हितब्बं,pa·ri·pañ·hi·tab·baṃ अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha सामीचि।sā·mī·ci

     Sikkhamānāya, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyā aññātabbaṁ paripucchitabbaṁ paripañhitabbaṁ, ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

     A nun who is training should understand, should question, should enquire. This is the proper procedure.

659. 659

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 150। विलेखनसिक्खापदंvi·le·kha·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 150. Vilekhanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 150: disparaging the training rules

660. 660

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī पातिमोक्खेpā·ti·mok·khe उद्दिस्समानेud·dis·sa·mā·ne एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य:va·dey·ya “किंkiṃ पनिमेहिpa·ni·me·hi खुद्दानुखुद्दकेहिkhud·dā·nu·khud·da·ke·hi सिक्खापदेहिsik·khā·pa·de·hi उद्दिट्ठेहि,ud·diṭ·ṭhe·hi यावदेवyā·va·de·va कुक्कुच्चायkuk·kuc·cā·ya विहेसायvi·he·sā·ya विलेखायvi·le·khā·ya संवत्तन्ती”ति,saṃ·vat·tan·tī सिक्खापदविवण्णकेsik·khā·pa·da·vi·vaṇ·ṇa·ke पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṁ vadeyya: “kiṁ panimehi khuddānukhuddakehi sikkhāpadehi uddiṭṭhehi, yāvadeva kukkuccāya vihesāya vilekhāya saṁvattantī”ti, sikkhāpadavivaṇṇake pācittiyaṁ.

     When the Monastic Code is being recited, if a nun says, ‘What’s the point of reciting these minor training rules, when they just lead to anxiety, oppression, and annoyance?’ then in disparaging the training rules, she commits an offense entailing confession.

661. 661

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 151। मोहनसिक्खापदंmo·ha·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 151. Mohanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 151: deception

662. 662

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अन्वद्धमासंan·vad·dha·mā·saṃ पातिमोक्खेpā·ti·mok·khe उद्दिस्समानेud·dis·sa·mā·ne एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य:va·dey·ya

     Yā pana bhikkhunī anvaddhamāsaṁ pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṁ vadeyya:

     During the half-monthly recitation of the Monastic Code, a nun might say,

663. 663

     “इदानेवi·dā·ne·va खोkho अहं,a·haṃ अय्ये,ay·ye जानामिjā·nā·mi अयम्पिa·yam·pi किरki·ra धम्मोdham·mo सुत्तागतोsut·tā·ga·to सुत्तपरियापन्नोsut·ta·pa·ri·yā·pan·no अन्वद्धमासंan·vad·dha·mā·saṃ उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छती”ति,ā·gac·cha·tī

     “idāneva kho ahaṁ, ayye, jānāmi ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṁ uddesaṁ āgacchatī”ti,

     ‘Just now did I find out that this rule too has come down in the Monastic Code, is included in the Monastic Code, and comes up for recitation every half-month.’

664. 664

     तञ्चेtañ·ce भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ अञ्ञाañ·ñā भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo जानेय्युंjā·ney·yuṃ निसिन्नपुब्बंni·sin·na·pub·baṃ इमायi·mā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā द्वत्तिक्खत्तुंdvat·tik·khat·tuṃ पातिमोक्खेpā·ti·mok·khe उद्दिस्समाने,ud·dis·sa·mā·ne कोko पनpa·na वादोvā·do भिय्यो,bhiy·yo नna चca तस्साtas·sā भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā अञ्ञाणकेनañ·ñā·ṇa·ke·na मुत्तिmut·ti अत्थि,at·thi यञ्चyañ·ca तत्थtat·tha आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपन्ना,ā·pan·nā तञ्चtañ·ca यथाधम्मोya·thā·dham·mo कारेतब्बो,kā·re·tab·bo उत्तरिut·ta·ri चस्साcas·sā मोहोmo·ho आरोपेतब्बो:ā·ro·pe·tab·bo

     tañce bhikkhuniṁ aññā bhikkhuniyo jāneyyuṁ nisinnapubbaṁ imāya bhikkhuniyā dvattikkhattuṁ pātimokkhe uddissamāne, ko pana vādo bhiyyo, na ca tassā bhikkhuniyā aññāṇakena mutti atthi, yañca tattha āpattiṁ āpannā, tañca yathādhammo kāretabbo, uttari cassā moho āropetabbo:

     If other nuns know that that nun has previously sat through at least two or three recitations of the Monastic Code, then that nun is not let off because of ignorance, and she is to be dealt with according to the rule. Further, she should be charged with deception:

665. 665

     “तस्साtas·sā ते,te अय्ये,ay·ye अलाभा,a·lā·bhā तस्साtas·sā तेte दुल्लद्धं,dul·lad·dhaṃ यंyaṃ त्वंtvaṃ पातिमोक्खेpā·ti·mok·khe उद्दिस्समानेud·dis·sa·mā·ne नna साधुकंsā·dhu·kaṃ अट्ठिंaṭ·ṭhiṃ कत्वाkat·vā मनसिma·na·si करोसी”ति,ka·ro·sī

     “tassā te, ayye, alābhā, tassā te dulladdhaṁ, yaṁ tvaṁ pātimokkhe uddissamāne na sādhukaṁ aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasi karosī”ti,

     ‘It’s a loss for you that you don’t pay proper attention during the recitation of the Monastic Code.’

666. 666

     इदंi·daṃ तस्मिंtas·miṃ मोहनकेmo·ha·na·ke पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     idaṁ tasmiṁ mohanake pācittiyaṁ.

     And for the act of deception, she commits an offense entailing confession.

667. 667

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 152। पहारसिक्खापदंpa·hā·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 152. Pahārasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 152: hitting in anger

668. 668

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā कुपिताku·pi·tā अनत्तमनाa·nat·ta·ma·nā पहारंpa·hā·raṃ ददेय्य,da·dey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā kupitā anattamanā pahāraṁ dadeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun hits a nun in anger, she commits an offense entailing confession.

669. 669

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 153। तलसत्तिकसिक्खापदंta·la·sat·ti·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 153. Talasattikasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 153: raising a hand in anger

670. 670

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā कुपिताku·pi·tā अनत्तमनाa·nat·ta·ma·nā तलसत्तिकंta·la·sat·ti·kaṃ उग्गिरेय्य,ug·gi·rey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā kupitā anattamanā talasattikaṁ uggireyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun raises a hand in anger against a nun, she commits an offense entailing confession.

671. 671

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 154। अमूलकसिक्खापदंa·mū·la·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 154. Amūlakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 154: making a groundless accusation

672. 672

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ अमूलकेनa·mū·la·ke·na सङ्घादिसेसेनsaṅ·ghā·di·se·se·na अनुद्धंसेय्य,a·nud·dhaṃ·sey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniṁ amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṁseyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun groundlessly charges a nun with an offense entailing suspension, she commits an offense entailing confession.

673. 673

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 155। सञ्चिच्चसिक्खापदंsañ·cic·ca·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 155. Sañciccasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 155: intentionally making a nun anxious

674. 674

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ उपदहेय्य,u·pa·da·hey·ya “इतिस्साi·tis·sā मुहुत्तम्पिmu·hut·tam·pi अफासुa·phā·su भविस्सती”तिbha·vis·sa·tī एतदेवe·ta·de·va पच्चयंpac·ca·yaṃ करित्वाka·rit·vā अनञ्ञं,a·nañ·ñaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā sañcicca kukkuccaṁ upadaheyya, “itissā muhuttampi aphāsu bhavissatī”ti etadeva paccayaṁ karitvā anaññaṁ, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun intentionally makes a nun anxious, thinking, ‘In this way she will be ill at ease at least for a moment,’ and she does so only for this reason and no other, she commits an offense entailing confession.

675. 675

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 156। उपस्सुतिu·pas·su·ti सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 156. Upassuti sikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 156: eavesdropping

676. 676

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीनंbhik·khu·nī·naṃ भण्डनजातानंbhaṇ·ḍa·na·jā·tā·naṃ कलहजातानंka·la·ha·jā·tā·naṃ विवादापन्नानंvi·vā·dā·pan·nā·naṃ उपस्सुतिंu·pas·su·tiṃ तिट्ठेय्य,tiṭ·ṭhey·ya “यंyaṃ इमाi·mā भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti तंtaṃ सोस्सामी”तिsos·sā·mī एतदेवe·ta·de·va पच्चयंpac·ca·yaṃ करित्वाka·rit·vā अनञ्ञं,a·nañ·ñaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṁ bhaṇḍanajātānaṁ kalahajātānaṁ vivādāpannānaṁ upassutiṁ tiṭṭheyya, “yaṁ imā bhaṇissanti, taṁ sossāmī”ti etadeva paccayaṁ karitvā anaññaṁ, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun eavesdrops on nuns who are arguing and disputing, thinking, ‘I’ll hear what they say,’ and she does so only for this reason and no other, she commits an offense entailing confession.

677. 677

     दिट्ठिवग्गोdiṭ·ṭhi·vag·go पन्नरसमो।pan·na·ra·sa·mo

     Diṭṭhivaggo pannarasamo.

     The fifteenth subchapter on view is finished.

678. 678

     धम्मिकवग्गोdham·mi·ka·vag·go

     Dhammikavaggo

     The subchapter on legitimate correction

679. 679

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 157। कम्मप्पटिबाहनसिक्खापदंkam·map·pa·ṭi·bā·ha·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 157. Kammappaṭibāhanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 157: criticizing a legitimate legal procedure

680. 680

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī धम्मिकानंdham·mi·kā·naṃ कम्मानंkam·mā·naṃ छन्दंchan·daṃ दत्वाdat·vā पच्छाpac·chā खीयनधम्मंkhī·ya·na·dham·maṃ आपज्जेय्य,ā·paj·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī dhammikānaṁ kammānaṁ chandaṁ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṁ āpajjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives her consent to legitimate legal procedures, and then criticizes them afterwards, she commits an offense entailing confession.

681. 681

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 158। छन्दंअदत्वागमनसिक्खापदंchan·daṃ·a·dat·vā·ga·ma·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 158. Chandaṁadatvāgamanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 158: leaving without giving consent

682. 682

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सङ्घेsaṅ·ghe विनिच्छयकथायvi·nic·cha·ya·ka·thā·ya वत्तमानायvat·ta·mā·nā·ya छन्दंchan·daṃ अदत्वाa·dat·vā उट्ठायासनाuṭ·ṭhā·yā·sa·nā पक्कमेय्य,pak·ka·mey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī saṅghe vinicchayakathāya vattamānāya chandaṁ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkameyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     When the Sangha is in the middle of a discussion, if a nun gets up from her seat and leaves without first giving her consent, she commits an offense entailing confession.

683. 683

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 159। दुब्बलसिक्खापदंdub·ba·la·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 159. Dubbalasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 159: criticizing a robe distribution

684. 684

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī समग्गेनsa·mag·ge·na सङ्घेनsaṅ·ghe·na चीवरंcī·va·raṃ दत्वाdat·vā पच्छाpac·chā खीयनधम्मंkhī·ya·na·dham·maṃ आपज्जेय्य,ā·paj·jey·ya “यथासन्थुतंya·thā·san·thu·taṃ भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo सङ्घिकंsaṅ·ghi·kaṃ लाभंlā·bhaṃ परिणामेन्ती”ति,pa·ri·ṇā·men·tī पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī samaggena saṅghena cīvaraṁ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṁ āpajjeyya, “yathāsanthutaṁ bhikkhuniyo saṅghikaṁ lābhaṁ pariṇāmentī”ti, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun gives out a robe as part of a unanimous Sangha and then criticizes it afterwards, saying, ‘The nuns are diverting the Sangha’s material support according to friendship,’ she commits an offense entailing confession.

685. 685

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 160। परिणामनसिक्खापदंpa·ri·ṇā·ma·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 160. Pariṇāmanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 160: diverting gains intended for the Sangha

686. 686

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī जानंjā·naṃ सङ्घिकंsaṅ·ghi·kaṃ लाभंlā·bhaṃ परिणतंpa·ri·ṇa·taṃ पुग्गलस्सpug·ga·las·sa परिणामेय्य,pa·ri·ṇā·mey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī jānaṁ saṅghikaṁ lābhaṁ pariṇataṁ puggalassa pariṇāmeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun diverts to an individual material support that she knows was intended for the Sangha, she commits an offense entailing confession.

687. 687

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 161। रतनसिक्खापदंra·ta·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 161. Ratanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 161: picking up precious things

688. 688

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī रतनंra·ta·naṃ वाvā रतनसम्मतंra·ta·na·sam·ma·taṃ वाvā अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra अज्झारामाaj·jhā·rā·mā वाvā अज्झावसथाaj·jhā·va·sa·thā वाvā उग्गण्हेय्यug·gaṇ·hey·ya वाvā उग्गण्हापेय्यug·gaṇ·hā·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī ratanaṁ vā ratanasammataṁ vā aññatra ajjhārāmā vā ajjhāvasathā vā uggaṇheyya vā uggaṇhāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun picks up something precious or something regarded as precious, or she has it picked up, except within a monastery or inside a lodging, she commits an offense entailing confession.

689. 689

     रतनंra·ta·naṃ वाvā पनpa·na भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā रतनसम्मतंra·ta·na·sam·ma·taṃ वाvā अज्झारामेaj·jhā·rā·me वाvā अज्झावसथेaj·jhā·va·sa·the वाvā उग्गहेत्वाug·ga·het·vā वाvā उग्गहापेत्वाug·ga·hā·pet·vā वाvā निक्खिपितब्बं,nik·khi·pi·tab·baṃ “यस्सyas·sa भविस्सति,bha·vis·sa·ti सोso हरिस्सती”ति,ha·ris·sa·tī अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha सामीचि।sā·mī·ci

     Ratanaṁ vā pana bhikkhuniyā ratanasammataṁ vā ajjhārāme vā ajjhāvasathe vā uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā nikkhipitabbaṁ, “yassa bhavissati, so harissatī”ti, ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

     If she picks up something precious or something regarded as precious, or she has it picked up, within a monastery or inside a lodging, she should put it aside with the thought, ‘Whoever owns it will come and get it.’ This is the proper procedure.

690. 690

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 162। सूचिघरसिक्खापदंsū·ci·gha·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 162. Sūcigharasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 162: making an inappropriate needle case

691. 691

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अट्ठिमयंaṭ·ṭhi·ma·yaṃ वाvā दन्तमयंdan·ta·ma·yaṃ वाvā विसाणमयंvi·sā·ṇa·ma·yaṃ वाvā सूचिघरंsū·ci·gha·raṃ कारापेय्य,kā·rā·pey·ya भेदनकंbhe·da·na·kaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī aṭṭhimayaṁ vā dantamayaṁ vā visāṇamayaṁ vā sūcigharaṁ kārāpeyya, bhedanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun has a needle case made from bone, ivory, or horn, it is to be destroyed, and she commits an offense entailing confession.

692. 692

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 163। मञ्चपीठसिक्खापदंmañ·ca·pī·ṭha·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 163. Mañcapīṭhasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 163: making an inappropriate bed or bench

693. 693

     नवंna·vaṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā मञ्चंmañ·caṃ वाvā पीठंpī·ṭhaṃ वाvā कारयमानायkā·ra·ya·mā·nā·ya अट्ठङ्गुलपादकंaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gu·la·pā·da·kaṃ कारेतब्बंkā·re·tab·baṃ सुगतङ्गुलेनsu·ga·taṅ·gu·le·na अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra हेट्ठिमायheṭ·ṭhi·mā·ya अटनिया।a·ṭa·ni·yā तंtaṃ अतिक्कामेन्तियाa·tik·kā·men·ti·yā छेदनकंche·da·na·kaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Navaṁ pana bhikkhuniyā mañcaṁ vā pīṭhaṁ vā kārayamānāya aṭṭhaṅgulapādakaṁ kāretabbaṁ sugataṅgulena aññatra heṭṭhimāya aṭaniyā. Taṁ atikkāmentiyā chedanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun is having a new bed or bench made, it is to have legs eight standard fingerbreadths long below the lowest frame. If the legs exceed that, they are to be cut down, and she commits an offense entailing confession.

694. 694

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 164। तूलोनद्धसिक्खापदंtū·lo·nad·dha·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 164. Tūlonaddhasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 164: making an upholstered bed or bench

695. 695

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī मञ्चंmañ·caṃ वाvā पीठंpī·ṭhaṃ वाvā तूलोनद्धंtū·lo·nad·dhaṃ कारापेय्य,kā·rā·pey·ya उद्दालनकंud·dā·la·na·kaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī mañcaṁ vā pīṭhaṁ vā tūlonaddhaṁ kārāpeyya, uddālanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun has a bed or a bench made upholstered with cotton down, it is to be stripped, and she commits an offense entailing confession.

696. 696

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 165। कण्डुप्पटिच्छादिसिक्खापदंkaṇ·ḍup·pa·ṭic·chā·di·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 165. Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādisikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 165: making an oversize itch cloth

697. 697

     कण्डुप्पटिच्छादिंkaṇ·ḍup·pa·ṭic·chā·diṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā कारयमानायkā·ra·ya·mā·nā·ya पमाणिकाpa·mā·ṇi·kā कारेतब्बा,kā·re·tab·bā तत्रिदंtat·ri·daṃ पमाणं,pa·mā·ṇaṃ दीघसोdī·gha·so चतस्सोca·tas·so विदत्थियोvi·dat·thi·yo सुगतविदत्थिया,su·ga·ta·vi·dat·thi·yā तिरियंti·ri·yaṃ द्वेdve विदत्थियो।vi·dat·thi·yo तंtaṃ अतिक्कामेन्तियाa·tik·kā·men·ti·yā छेदनकंche·da·na·kaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiṁ pana bhikkhuniyā kārayamānāya pamāṇikā kāretabbā, tatridaṁ pamāṇaṁ, dīghaso catasso vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā, tiriyaṁ dve vidatthiyo. Taṁ atikkāmentiyā chedanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun is having an itch-covering cloth made, it should be made the right size. This is the right size: four standard handspans long and two wide. If it exceeds that, it is to be cut down, and she commits an offense entailing confession.

698. 698

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 166। नन्दसिक्खापदंnan·da·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pācittiya 166. Nandasikkhāpadaṁ

     Confession 166: making an oversize robe

699. 699

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī सुगतचीवरप्पमाणंsu·ga·ta·cī·va·rap·pa·mā·ṇaṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ कारापेय्य,kā·rā·pey·ya अतिरेकंa·ti·re·kaṃ वा,vā छेदनकंche·da·na·kaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yā pana bhikkhunī sugatacīvarappamāṇaṁ cīvaraṁ kārāpeyya, atirekaṁ vā, chedanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a nun has a robe made that is the standard robe size or larger, it is to be cut down, and she commits an offense entailing confession.

700. 700

     तत्रिदंtat·ri·daṃ सुगतस्सsu·ga·tas·sa सुगतचीवरप्पमाणं,su·ga·ta·cī·va·rap·pa·mā·ṇaṃ दीघसोdī·gha·so नवna·va विदत्थियोvi·dat·thi·yo सुगतविदत्थिया,su·ga·ta·vi·dat·thi·yā तिरियंti·ri·yaṃ छcha विदत्थियो,vi·dat·thi·yo इदंi·daṃ सुगतस्सsu·ga·tas·sa सुगतचीवरप्पमाणन्ति।su·ga·ta·cī·va·rap·pa·mā·ṇan·ti

     Tatridaṁ sugatassa sugatacīvarappamāṇaṁ, dīghaso nava vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā, tiriyaṁ cha vidatthiyo, idaṁ sugatassa sugatacīvarappamāṇanti.

     This is the standard robe size: nine standard handspans long and six wide.

701. 701

     धम्मिकवग्गोdham·mi·ka·vag·go सोळसमो।so·ḷa·sa·mo

     Dhammikavaggo soḷasamo.

     The sixteenth subchapter on legitimate correction is finished.

702. 702

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā खो,kho अय्यायो,ay·yā·yo छसट्ठिसताcha·saṭ·ṭhi·sa·tā पाचित्तियाpā·cit·ti·yā धम्मा।dham·mā

     Uddiṭṭhā kho, ayyāyo, chasaṭṭhisatā pācittiyā dhammā.

     Venerables, the one hundred and sixty-six rules on confession have been recited.

703. 703

     तत्थाय्यायोtat·thāy·yā·yo पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     Tatthāyyāyo pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     In regard to this I ask you, ‘Are you pure in this?’

704. 704

     दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     dutiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A second time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

705. 705

     ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     tatiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A third time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

706. 706

     परिसुद्धेत्थाय्यायो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thāy·yā·yo तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

     parisuddhetthāyyāyo, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

     You are pure in this and therefore silent. I will remember it thus.

707. 707

     पाचित्तियाpā·cit·ti·yā निट्ठिता।niṭ·ṭhi·tā

     Pācittiyā niṭṭhitā.

     The chapter on offenses entailing confession is finished.

708. 708

     पाटिदेसनीयाpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yā

     Pāṭidesanīyā

     The rules on acknowledgement

709. 709

     इमेi·me खोkho पनाय्यायोpa·nāy·yā·yo अट्ठaṭ·ṭha पाटिदेसनीयाpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yā धम्माdham·mā उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छन्ति।ā·gac·chan·ti

     Ime kho panāyyāyo aṭṭha pāṭidesanīyā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.

     Venerables, these eight rules on acknowledgment come up for recitation.

710. 710

     पाटिदेसनीयpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ya 1। सप्पिविञ्ञापनसिक्खापदंsap·pi·viñ·ñā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pāṭidesanīya 1. Sappiviññāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Acknowledgement 1: asking for ghee

711. 711

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अगिलानाa·gi·lā·nā सप्पिंsap·piṃ विञ्ञापेत्वाviñ·ñā·pet·vā भुञ्जेय्य,bhuñ·jey·ya पटिदेसेतब्बंpa·ṭi·de·se·tab·baṃ तायtā·ya भिक्खुनिया:bhik·khu·ni·yā

     Yā pana bhikkhunī agilānā sappiṁ viññāpetvā bhuñjeyya, paṭidesetabbaṁ tāya bhikkhuniyā:

     If a nun who is not sick asks for ghee and then eats it, she must acknowledge it:

712. 712

     “गारय्हं,gā·ray·haṃ अय्ये,ay·ye धम्मंdham·maṃ आपज्जिंā·paj·jiṃ असप्पायंa·sap·pā·yaṃ पाटिदेसनीयं,pā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yaṃ तंtaṃ पटिदेसेमी”ति।pa·ṭi·de·se·mī

     “gārayhaṁ, ayye, dhammaṁ āpajjiṁ asappāyaṁ pāṭidesanīyaṁ, taṁ paṭidesemī”ti.

     ‘I’ve done a blameworthy and unsuitable thing that is to be acknowledged. I acknowledge it.’

713. 713

     पाटिदेसनीयpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ya 2। तेलविञ्ञापनसिक्खापदंte·la·viñ·ñā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pāṭidesanīya 2. Telaviññāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Acknowledgement 2: asking for oil

714. 714

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अगिलानाa·gi·lā·nā तेलंte·laṃ विञ्ञापेत्वाviñ·ñā·pet·vā भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya …पे…pe

     Yā pana bhikkhunī agilānā telaṁ viññāpetvā bhuñjeyya …pe…

     If a nun who is not sick asks for oil and then eats it, she must acknowledge it:

715. 715

     तंtaṃ पटिदेसेमीति।pa·ṭi·de·se·mī·ti

     taṁ paṭidesemīti.

     ‘I’ve done a blameworthy and unsuitable thing that is to be acknowledged. I acknowledge it.’

716. 716

     पाटिदेसनीयpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ya 3। मधुविञ्ञापनसिक्खापदंma·dhu·viñ·ñā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pāṭidesanīya 3. Madhuviññāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Acknowledgement 3: asking for honey

717. 717

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अगिलानाa·gi·lā·nā मधुंma·dhuṃ विञ्ञापेत्वाviñ·ñā·pet·vā भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya …पे…pe

     Yā pana bhikkhunī agilānā madhuṁ viññāpetvā bhuñjeyya …pe…

     If a nun who is not sick asks for honey and then eats it, she must acknowledge it:

718. 718

     तंtaṃ पटिदेसेमीति।pa·ṭi·de·se·mī·ti

     taṁ paṭidesemīti.

     ‘I’ve done a blameworthy and unsuitable thing that is to be acknowledged. I acknowledge it.’

719. 719

     पाटिदेसनीयpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ya 4। फाणितविञ्ञापनसिक्खापदंphā·ṇi·ta·viñ·ñā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pāṭidesanīya 4. Phāṇitaviññāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Acknowledgement 4: asking for syrup

720. 720

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अगिलानाa·gi·lā·nā फाणितंphā·ṇi·taṃ विञ्ञापेत्वाviñ·ñā·pet·vā भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya …पे…pe

     Yā pana bhikkhunī agilānā phāṇitaṁ viññāpetvā bhuñjeyya …pe…

     If a nun who is not sick asks for syrup and then eats it, she must acknowledge it:

721. 721

     तंtaṃ पटिदेसेमीति।pa·ṭi·de·se·mī·ti

     taṁ paṭidesemīti.

     ‘I’ve done a blameworthy and unsuitable thing that is to be acknowledged. I acknowledge it.’

722. 722

     पाटिदेसनीयpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ya 5। मच्छविञ्ञापनसिक्खापदंmac·cha·viñ·ñā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pāṭidesanīya 5. Macchaviññāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Acknowledgement 5: asking for fish

723. 723

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अगिलानाa·gi·lā·nā मच्छंmac·chaṃ विञ्ञापेत्वाviñ·ñā·pet·vā भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya …पे…pe

     Yā pana bhikkhunī agilānā macchaṁ viññāpetvā bhuñjeyya …pe…

     If a nun who is not sick asks for fish and then eats it, she must acknowledge it:

724. 724

     तंtaṃ पटिदेसेमीति।pa·ṭi·de·se·mī·ti

     taṁ paṭidesemīti.

     ‘I’ve done a blameworthy and unsuitable thing that is to be acknowledged. I acknowledge it.’

725. 725

     पाटिदेसनीयpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ya 6। मंसविञ्ञापनसिक्खापदंmaṃ·sa·viñ·ñā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pāṭidesanīya 6. Maṁsaviññāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Acknowledgement 6: asking for meat

726. 726

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अगिलानाa·gi·lā·nā मंसंmaṃ·saṃ विञ्ञापेत्वाviñ·ñā·pet·vā भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya …पे…pe

     Yā pana bhikkhunī agilānā maṁsaṁ viññāpetvā bhuñjeyya …pe…

     If a nun who is not sick asks for meat and then eats it, she must acknowledge it:

727. 727

     तंtaṃ पटिदेसेमीति।pa·ṭi·de·se·mī·ti

     taṁ paṭidesemīti.

     ‘I’ve done a blameworthy and unsuitable thing that is to be acknowledged. I acknowledge it.’

728. 728

     पाटिदेसनीयpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ya 7। खीरविञ्ञापनसिक्खापदंkhī·ra·viñ·ñā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pāṭidesanīya 7. Khīraviññāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Acknowledgement 7: asking for milk

729. 729

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अगिलानाa·gi·lā·nā खीरंkhī·raṃ विञ्ञापेत्वाviñ·ñā·pet·vā भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya …पे…pe

     Yā pana bhikkhunī agilānā khīraṁ viññāpetvā bhuñjeyya …pe…

     If a nun who is not sick asks for milk and then eats it, she must acknowledge it:

730. 730

     तंtaṃ पटिदेसेमीति।pa·ṭi·de·se·mī·ti

     taṁ paṭidesemīti.

     ‘I’ve done a blameworthy and unsuitable thing that is to be acknowledged. I acknowledge it.’

731. 731

     पाटिदेसनीयpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ya 8। दधिविञ्ञापनसिक्खापदंda·dhi·viñ·ñā·pa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Pāṭidesanīya 8. Dadhiviññāpanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Acknowledgement 8: asking for curd

732. 732

     याyā पनpa·na भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अगिलानाa·gi·lā·nā दधिंda·dhiṃ विञ्ञापेत्वाviñ·ñā·pet·vā भुञ्जेय्य,bhuñ·jey·ya पटिदेसेतब्बंpa·ṭi·de·se·tab·baṃ तायtā·ya भिक्खुनिया:bhik·khu·ni·yā

     Yā pana bhikkhunī agilānā dadhiṁ viññāpetvā bhuñjeyya, paṭidesetabbaṁ tāya bhikkhuniyā:

     If a nun who is not sick asks for curd and then eats it, she must acknowledge it:

733. 733

     “गारय्हं,gā·ray·haṃ अय्ये,ay·ye धम्मंdham·maṃ आपज्जिंā·paj·jiṃ असप्पायंa·sap·pā·yaṃ पाटिदेसनीयं,pā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yaṃ तंtaṃ पटिदेसेमी”ति।pa·ṭi·de·se·mī

     “gārayhaṁ, ayye, dhammaṁ āpajjiṁ asappāyaṁ pāṭidesanīyaṁ, taṁ paṭidesemī”ti.

     ‘I have done a blameworthy and unsuitable thing that is to be acknowledged. I acknowledge it.’

734. 734

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā खो,kho अय्यायो,ay·yā·yo अट्ठaṭ·ṭha पाटिदेसनीयाpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yā धम्मा।dham·mā

     Uddiṭṭhā kho, ayyāyo, aṭṭha pāṭidesanīyā dhammā.

     Venerables, the eight rules on acknowledgment have been recited.

735. 735

     तत्थाय्यायोtat·thāy·yā·yo पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     Tatthāyyāyo pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     In regard to this I ask you, ‘Are you pure in this?’

736. 736

     दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     dutiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A second time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

737. 737

     ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     tatiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A third time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

738. 738

     परिसुद्धेत्थाय्यायो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thāy·yā·yo तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

     parisuddhetthāyyāyo, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

     You are pure in this and therefore silent. I will remember it thus.

739. 739

     पाटिदेसनीयाpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yā निट्ठिता।niṭ·ṭhi·tā

     Pāṭidesanīyā niṭṭhitā.

     The chapter on offenses entailing acknowledgment is finished.

740. 740

     सेखियाse·khi·yā

     Sekhiyā

     The rules of training

741. 741

     इमेi·me खोkho पनाय्यायो,pa·nāy·yā·yo सेखियाse·khi·yā धम्माdham·mā उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छन्ति।ā·gac·chan·ti

     Ime kho panāyyāyo, sekhiyā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.

     Venerables, these rules of training come up for recitation.

742. 742

     परिमण्डलवग्गोpa·ri·maṇ·ḍa·la·vag·go

     Parimaṇḍalavaggo

     The subchapter on evenly all around

743. 743

     सेखियse·khi·ya 1। परिमण्डलसिक्खापदंpa·ri·maṇ·ḍa·la·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 1. Parimaṇḍalasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 1: not wearing the sarong evenly all around

744. 744

     परिमण्डलंpa·ri·maṇ·ḍa·laṃ निवासेस्सामीतिni·vā·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Parimaṇḍalaṁ nivāsessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will wear my sarong evenly all around,’ this is how you should train.

745. 745

     सेखियse·khi·ya 2। दुतियपरिमण्डलसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·pa·ri·maṇ·ḍa·la·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 2. Dutiyaparimaṇḍalasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 2: not wearing the upper robe evenly all around

746. 746

     परिमण्डलंpa·ri·maṇ·ḍa·laṃ पारुपिस्सामीतिpā·ru·pis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Parimaṇḍalaṁ pārupissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will wear my upper robe evenly all around,’ this is how you should train.

747. 747

     सेखियse·khi·ya 3। सुप्पटिच्छन्नसिक्खापदंsup·pa·ṭic·chan·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 3. Suppaṭicchannasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 3: not being well-covered

748. 748

     सुप्पटिच्छन्नाsup·pa·ṭic·chan·nā अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Suppaṭicchannā antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will be well-covered while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

749. 749

     सेखियse·khi·ya 4। दुतियसुप्पटिच्छन्नसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·sup·pa·ṭic·chan·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 4. Dutiyasuppaṭicchannasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 4: not being well-covered

750. 750

     सुप्पटिच्छन्नाsup·pa·ṭic·chan·nā अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Suppaṭicchannā antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will be well-covered while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

751. 751

     सेखियse·khi·ya 5। सुसंवुतसिक्खापदंsu·saṃ·vu·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 5. Susaṁvutasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 5: being unrestrained

752. 752

     सुसंवुताsu·saṃ·vu·tā अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Susaṁvutā antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will be well-restrained while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

753. 753

     सेखियse·khi·ya 6। दुतियसुसंवुतसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·su·saṃ·vu·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 6. Dutiyasusaṁvutasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 6: being unrestrained

754. 754

     सुसंवुताsu·saṃ·vu·tā अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Susaṁvutā antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will be well-restrained while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

755. 755

     सेखियse·khi·ya 7। ओक्खित्तचक्खुसिक्खापदंok·khit·ta·cak·khu·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 7. Okkhittacakkhusikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 7: not lowering the eyes

756. 756

     ओक्खित्तचक्खुनीok·khit·ta·cak·khu·nī अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Okkhittacakkhunī antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will lower my eyes while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

757. 757

     सेखियse·khi·ya 8। दुतिय-ओक्खित्तचक्खुसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya

     Sekhiya 8. Dutiya-okkhittacakkhusikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 8: not lowering the eyes

758. 758

     ओक्खित्तचक्खुनीok·khit·ta·cak·khu·nī अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Okkhittacakkhunī antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will lower my eyes while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

759. 759

     सेखियse·khi·ya 9। उक्खित्तकसिक्खापदंuk·khit·ta·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 9. Ukkhittakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 9: lifting the robes

760. 760

     नna उक्खित्तकायuk·khit·ta·kā·ya अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na ukkhittakāya antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not lift my robe while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

761. 761

     सेखियse·khi·ya 10। दुतिय-उक्खित्तकसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya

     Sekhiya 10. Dutiya-ukkhittakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 10: lifting the robes

762. 762

     नna उक्खित्तकायuk·khit·ta·kā·ya अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na ukkhittakāya antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not lift my robe while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

763. 763

     परिमण्डलवग्गोpa·ri·maṇ·ḍa·la·vag·go पठमो।pa·ṭha·mo

     Parimaṇḍalavaggo paṭhamo.

     The first subchapter on evenly all around is finished.

764. 764

     उज्जग्घिकवग्गोuj·jag·ghi·ka·vag·go

     Ujjagghikavaggo

     The subchapter on laughing loudly

765. 765

     सेखियse·khi·ya 11। उज्जग्घिकसिक्खापदंuj·jag·ghi·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 11. Ujjagghikasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 11: laughing loudly

766. 766

     नna उज्जग्घिकायuj·jag·ghi·kā·ya अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na ujjagghikāya antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not laugh loudly while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

767. 767

     सेखियse·khi·ya 12। दुतिय-उज्जग्घिकसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya

     Sekhiya 12. Dutiya-ujjagghikasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 12: laughing loudly

768. 768

     नna उज्जग्घिकायuj·jag·ghi·kā·ya अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na ujjagghikāya antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not laugh loudly while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

769. 769

     सेखियse·khi·ya 13। उच्चसद्दसिक्खापदंuc·ca·sad·da·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 13. Uccasaddasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 13: being noisy

770. 770

     अप्पसद्दाap·pa·sad·dā अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Appasaddā antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not be noisy while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

771. 771

     सेखियse·khi·ya 14। दुतिय-उच्चसद्दसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya

     Sekhiya 14. Dutiya-uccasaddasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 14: being noisy

772. 772

     अप्पसद्दाap·pa·sad·dā अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Appasaddā antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not be noisy while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

773. 773

     सेखियse·khi·ya 15। कायप्पचालकसिक्खापदंkā·yap·pa·cā·la·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 15. Kāyappacālakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 15: swaying the body

774. 774

     नna कायप्पचालकंkā·yap·pa·cā·la·kaṃ अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na kāyappacālakaṁ antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not sway my body while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

775. 775

     सेखियse·khi·ya 16। दुतियकायप्पचालकसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·kā·yap·pa·cā·la·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 16. Dutiyakāyappacālakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 16: swaying the body

776. 776

     नna कायप्पचालकंkā·yap·pa·cā·la·kaṃ अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na kāyappacālakaṁ antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not sway my body while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

777. 777

     सेखियse·khi·ya 17। बाहुप्पचालकसिक्खापदंbā·hup·pa·cā·la·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 17. Bāhuppacālakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 17: swinging the arms

778. 778

     नna बाहुप्पचालकंbā·hup·pa·cā·la·kaṃ अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na bāhuppacālakaṁ antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not swing my arms while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

779. 779

     सेखियse·khi·ya 18। दुतियबाहुप्पचालकसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·bā·hup·pa·cā·la·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 18. Dutiyabāhuppacālakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 18: swinging the arms

780. 780

     नna बाहुप्पचालकंbā·hup·pa·cā·la·kaṃ अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na bāhuppacālakaṁ antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not swing my arms while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

781. 781

     सेखियse·khi·ya 19। सीसप्पचालकसिक्खापदंsī·sap·pa·cā·la·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 19. Sīsappacālakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 19: swaying the head

782. 782

     नna सीसप्पचालकंsī·sap·pa·cā·la·kaṃ अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sīsappacālakaṁ antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not sway my head while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

783. 783

     सेखियse·khi·ya 20। दुतियसीसप्पचालकसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·sī·sap·pa·cā·la·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 20. Dutiyasīsappacālakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 20: swaying the head

784. 784

     नna सीसप्पचालकंsī·sap·pa·cā·la·kaṃ अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sīsappacālakaṁ antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not sway my head while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

785. 785

     उज्जग्घिकवग्गोuj·jag·ghi·ka·vag·go दुतियो।du·ti·yo

     Ujjagghikavaggo dutiyo.

     The second subchapter on laughing loudly is finished.

786. 786

     खम्भकतवग्गोkham·bha·ka·ta·vag·go

     Khambhakatavaggo

     The subchapter on hands on hips

787. 787

     सेखियse·khi·ya 21। खम्भकतसिक्खापदंkham·bha·ka·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 21. Khambhakatasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 21: hands on hips

788. 788

     नna खम्भकताkham·bha·ka·tā अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na khambhakatā antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not put my hands on my hips while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

789. 789

     सेखियse·khi·ya 22। दुतियखम्भकतसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya·kham·bha·ka·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 22. Dutiyakhambhakatasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 22: hands on hips

790. 790

     नna खम्भकताkham·bha·ka·tā अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na khambhakatā antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not put my hands on my hips while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

791. 791

     सेखियse·khi·ya 23। ओगुण्ठितसिक्खापदंo·guṇ·ṭhi·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 23. Oguṇṭhitasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 23: covering the head

792. 792

     नna ओगुण्ठिताo·guṇ·ṭhi·tā अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na oguṇṭhitā antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not cover my head while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

793. 793

     सेखियse·khi·ya 24। दुतिय-ओगुण्ठितसिक्खापदंdu·ti·ya

     Sekhiya 24. Dutiya-oguṇṭhitasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 24: covering the head

794. 794

     नna ओगुण्ठिताo·guṇ·ṭhi·tā अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na oguṇṭhitā antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not cover my head while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

795. 795

     सेखियse·khi·ya 25। उक्कुटिकसिक्खापदंuk·ku·ṭi·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 25. Ukkuṭikasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 25: squatting on the heels

796. 796

     नna उक्कुटिकायuk·ku·ṭi·kā·ya अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na ukkuṭikāya antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not move about while squatting on my heels in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

797. 797

     सेखियse·khi·ya 26। पल्लत्थिकसिक्खापदंpal·lat·thi·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 26. Pallatthikasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 26: clasping the knees

798. 798

     नna पल्लत्थिकायpal·lat·thi·kā·ya अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na pallatthikāya antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not clasp my knees while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

799. 799

     सेखियse·khi·ya 27। सक्कच्चपटिग्गहणसिक्खापदंsak·kac·ca·pa·ṭig·ga·ha·ṇa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 27. Sakkaccapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 27: not receiving respectfully

800. 800

     सक्कच्चंsak·kac·caṃ पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ पटिग्गहेस्सामीतिpa·ṭig·ga·hes·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Sakkaccaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ paṭiggahessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will receive almsfood respectfully,’ this is how you should train.

801. 801

     सेखियse·khi·ya 28। पत्तसञ्ञिनीपटिग्गहणसिक्खापदंpat·ta·sañ·ñi·nī·pa·ṭig·ga·ha·ṇa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 28. Pattasaññinīpaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 28: not receiving with attention on the almsbowl

802. 802

     पत्तसञ्ञिनीpat·ta·sañ·ñi·nī पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ पटिग्गहेस्सामीतिpa·ṭig·ga·hes·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Pattasaññinī piṇḍapātaṁ paṭiggahessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will receive almsfood with attention on the almsbowl,’ this is how you should train.

803. 803

     सेखियse·khi·ya 29। समसूपकपटिग्गहणसिक्खापदंsa·ma·sū·pa·ka·pa·ṭig·ga·ha·ṇa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 29. Samasūpakapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 29: not receiving in the right proportions

804. 804

     समसूपकंsa·ma·sū·pa·kaṃ पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ पटिग्गहेस्सामीतिpa·ṭig·ga·hes·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Samasūpakaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ paṭiggahessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will receive almsfood with the right proportion of bean curry,’ this is how you should train.

805. 805

     सेखियse·khi·ya 30। समतित्तिकसिक्खापदंsa·ma·tit·ti·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 30. Samatittikasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 30: not receiving on an even level

806. 806

     समतित्तिकंsa·ma·tit·ti·kaṃ पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ पटिग्गहेस्सामीतिpa·ṭig·ga·hes·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Samatittikaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ paṭiggahessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will receive an even level of almsfood,’ this is how you should train.

807. 807

     खम्भकतवग्गोkham·bha·ka·ta·vag·go ततियो।ta·ti·yo

     Khambhakatavaggo tatiyo.

     The third subchapter on hands on hips is finished.

808. 808

     सक्कच्चवग्गोsak·kac·ca·vag·go

     Sakkaccavaggo

     The subchapter on respectfully

809. 809

     सेखियse·khi·ya 31। सक्कच्चभुञ्जनसिक्खापदंsak·kac·ca·bhuñ·ja·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 31. Sakkaccabhuñjanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 31: not eating respectfully

810. 810

     सक्कच्चंsak·kac·caṃ पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Sakkaccaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will eat almsfood respectfully,’ this is how you should train.

811. 811

     सेखियse·khi·ya 32। पत्तसञ्ञिनीभुञ्जनसिक्खापदंpat·ta·sañ·ñi·nī·bhuñ·ja·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 32. Pattasaññinībhuñjanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 32: not eating with attention on the almsbowl

812. 812

     पत्तसञ्ञिनीpat·ta·sañ·ñi·nī पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Pattasaññinī piṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will eat almsfood with attention on the almsbowl,’ this is how you should train.

813. 813

     सेखियse·khi·ya 33। सपदानसिक्खापदंsa·pa·dā·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 33. Sapadānasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 33: not eating in order

814. 814

     सपदानंsa·pa·dā·naṃ पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Sapadānaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will eat almsfood in order,’ this is how you should train.

815. 815

     सेखियse·khi·ya 34। समसूपकसिक्खापदंsa·ma·sū·pa·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 34. Samasūpakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 34: not eating in the right proportions

816. 816

     समसूपकंsa·ma·sū·pa·kaṃ पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Samasūpakaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will eat almsfood with the right proportion of bean curry,’ this is how you should train.

817. 817

     सेखियse·khi·ya 35। नna थूपकतसिक्खापदंthū·pa·ka·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 35. Na thūpakatasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 35: making food into a heap

818. 818

     नna थूपकतोthū·pa·ka·to ओमद्दित्वाo·mad·dit·vā पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na thūpakato omadditvā piṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not eat almsfood after making a heap,’ this is how you should train.

819. 819

     सेखियse·khi·ya 36। ओदनप्पटिच्छादनसिक्खापदंo·da·nap·pa·ṭic·chā·da·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 36. Odanappaṭicchādanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 36: covering with rice

820. 820

     नna सूपंsū·paṃ वाvā ब्यञ्जनंbyañ·ja·naṃ वाvā ओदनेनo·da·ne·na पटिच्छादेस्सामिpa·ṭic·chā·des·sā·mi भिय्योकम्यतंbhiy·yo·kam·ya·taṃ उपादायातिu·pā·dā·yā·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sūpaṁ vā byañjanaṁ vā odanena paṭicchādessāmi bhiyyokamyataṁ upādāyāti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not cover my curries with rice because I want more,’ this is how you should train.

821. 821

     सेखियse·khi·ya 37। सूपोदनविञ्ञत्तिसिक्खापदंsū·po·da·na·viñ·ñat·ti·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 37. Sūpodanaviññattisikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 37: requesting rice and bean curry

822. 822

     नna सूपंsū·paṃ वाvā ओदनंo·da·naṃ वाvā अगिलानाa·gi·lā·nā अत्तनोat·ta·no अत्थायat·thā·ya विञ्ञापेत्वाviñ·ñā·pet·vā भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sūpaṁ vā odanaṁ vā agilānā attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘When not sick, I will not request bean curry or rice for myself and then eat it,’ this is how you should train.

823. 823

     सेखियse·khi·ya 38। उज्झानसञ्ञिनीसिक्खापदंuj·jhā·na·sañ·ñi·nī·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 38. Ujjhānasaññinīsikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 38: finding fault

824. 824

     नna उज्झानसञ्ञिनीuj·jhā·na·sañ·ñi·nī परेसंpa·re·saṃ पत्तंpat·taṃ ओलोकेस्सामीतिo·lo·kes·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na ujjhānasaññinī paresaṁ pattaṁ olokessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not look at another’s almsbowl finding fault,’ this is how you should train.

825. 825

     सेखियse·khi·ya 39। कबळसिक्खापदंka·ba·ḷa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 39. Kabaḷasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 39: making an overlarge mouthful

826. 826

     नातिमहन्तंnā·ti·ma·han·taṃ कबळंka·ba·ḷaṃ करिस्सामीतिka·ris·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Nātimahantaṁ kabaḷaṁ karissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not make mouthfuls that are too large,’ this is how you should train.

827. 827

     सेखियse·khi·ya 40। आलोपसिक्खापदंā·lo·pa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 40. Ālopasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 40: not making rounded mouthfuls

828. 828

     परिमण्डलंpa·ri·maṇ·ḍa·laṃ आलोपंā·lo·paṃ करिस्सामीतिka·ris·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Parimaṇḍalaṁ ālopaṁ karissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will make rounded mouthfuls,’ this is how you should train.

829. 829

     सक्कच्चवग्गोsak·kac·ca·vag·go चतुत्थो।ca·tut·tho

     Sakkaccavaggo catuttho.

     The fourth subchapter on respectfully is finished.

830. 830

     कबळवग्गोka·ba·ḷa·vag·go

     Kabaḷavaggo

     The subchapter on mouthfuls

831. 831

     सेखियse·khi·ya 41। अनाहटसिक्खापदंa·nā·ha·ṭa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 41. Anāhaṭasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 41: opening the mouth

832. 832

     नna अनाहटेa·nā·ha·ṭe कबळेka·ba·ḷe मुखद्वारंmu·khad·vā·raṃ विवरिस्सामीतिvi·va·ris·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na anāhaṭe kabaḷe mukhadvāraṁ vivarissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not open my mouth without bringing a mouthful to it,’ this is how you should train.

833. 833

     सेखियse·khi·ya 42। भुञ्जमानसिक्खापदंbhuñ·ja·mā·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 42. Bhuñjamānasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 42: putting whole hand in mouth

834. 834

     नna भुञ्जमानाbhuñ·ja·mā·nā सब्बहत्थंsab·ba·hat·thaṃ मुखेmu·khe पक्खिपिस्सामीतिpak·khi·pis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na bhuñjamānā sabbahatthaṁ mukhe pakkhipissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not put my whole hand in my mouth while eating,’ this is how you should train.

835. 835

     सेखियse·khi·ya 43। सकबळसिक्खापदंsa·ka·ba·ḷa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 43. Sakabaḷasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 43: speaking with food in mouth

836. 836

     नna सकबळेनsa·ka·ba·ḷe·na मुखेनmu·khe·na ब्याहरिस्सामीतिbyā·ha·ris·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sakabaḷena mukhena byāharissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not speak with food in my mouth,’ this is how you should train.

837. 837

     सेखियse·khi·ya 44। पिण्डुक्खेपकसिक्खापदंpiṇ·ḍuk·khe·pa·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 44. Piṇḍukkhepakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 44: eating from lifted mouthfuls

838. 838

     नna पिण्डुक्खेपकंpiṇ·ḍuk·khe·pa·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na piṇḍukkhepakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not eat from a lifted ball of food,’ this is how you should train.

839. 839

     सेखियse·khi·ya 45। कबळावच्छेदकसिक्खापदंka·ba·ḷā·vac·che·da·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 45. Kabaḷāvacchedakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 45: breaking up mouthfuls

840. 840

     नna कबळावच्छेदकंka·ba·ḷā·vac·che·da·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na kabaḷāvacchedakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not eat breaking up mouthfuls,’ this is how you should train.

841. 841

     सेखियse·khi·ya 46। अवगण्डकारकसिक्खापदंa·va·gaṇ·ḍa·kā·ra·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 46. Avagaṇḍakārakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 46: stuffing the cheeks

842. 842

     नna अवगण्डकारकंa·va·gaṇ·ḍa·kā·ra·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na avagaṇḍakārakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not eat stuffing my cheeks,’ this is how you should train.

843. 843

     सेखियse·khi·ya 47। हत्थनिद्धुनकसिक्खापदंhat·tha·nid·dhu·na·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 47. Hatthaniddhunakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 47: shaking the hand

844. 844

     नna हत्थनिद्धुनकंhat·tha·nid·dhu·na·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na hatthaniddhunakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not eat shaking my hand,’ this is how you should train.

845. 845

     सेखियse·khi·ya 48। सित्थावकारकसिक्खापदंsit·thā·va·kā·ra·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 48. Sitthāvakārakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 48: scattering rice

846. 846

     नna सित्थावकारकंsit·thā·va·kā·ra·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sitthāvakārakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not eat scattering rice,’ this is how you should train.

847. 847

     सेखियse·khi·ya 49। जिव्हानिच्छारकसिक्खापदंjiv·hā·nic·chā·ra·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 49. Jivhānicchārakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 49: sticking out the tongue

848. 848

     नna जिव्हानिच्छारकंjiv·hā·nic·chā·ra·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na jivhānicchārakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not eat sticking out my tongue,’ this is how you should train.

849. 849

     सेखियse·khi·ya 50। चपुचपुकारकसिक्खापदंca·pu·ca·pu·kā·ra·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 50. Capucapukārakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 50: chomping

850. 850

     नna चपुचपुकारकंca·pu·ca·pu·kā·ra·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na capucapukārakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not make a chomping sound while eating,’ this is how you should train.

851. 851

     कबळवग्गोka·ba·ḷa·vag·go पञ्चमो।pañ·ca·mo

     Kabaḷavaggo pañcamo.

     The fifth subchapter on mouthfuls is finished.

852. 852

     सुरुसुरुवग्गोsu·ru·su·ru·vag·go

     Surusuruvaggo

     The subchapter on slurping

853. 853

     सेखियse·khi·ya 51। सुरुसुरुकारकसिक्खापदंsu·ru·su·ru·kā·ra·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 51. Surusurukārakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 51: slurping

854. 854

     नna सुरुसुरुकारकंsu·ru·su·ru·kā·ra·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na surusurukārakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not slurp while eating,’ this is how you should train.

855. 855

     सेखियse·khi·ya 52। हत्थनिल्लेहकसिक्खापदंhat·tha·nil·le·ha·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 52. Hatthanillehakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 52: licking the hand

856. 856

     नna हत्थनिल्लेहकंhat·tha·nil·le·ha·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na hatthanillehakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not lick my hand while eating,’ this is how you should train.

857. 857

     सेखियse·khi·ya 53। पत्तनिल्लेहकसिक्खापदंpat·ta·nil·le·ha·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 53. Pattanillehakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 53: licking the almsbowl

858. 858

     नna पत्तनिल्लेहकंpat·ta·nil·le·ha·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na pattanillehakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not lick my almsbowl while eating,’ this is how you should train.

859. 859

     सेखियse·khi·ya 54। ओट्ठनिल्लेहकसिक्खापदंoṭ·ṭha·nil·le·ha·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 54. Oṭṭhanillehakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 54: licking the lips

860. 860

     नna ओट्ठनिल्लेहकंoṭ·ṭha·nil·le·ha·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na oṭṭhanillehakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not lick my lips while eating,’ this is how you should train.

861. 861

     सेखियse·khi·ya 55। सामिससिक्खापदंsā·mi·sa·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 55. Sāmisasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 55: receiving with soiled hand

862. 862

     नna सामिसेनsā·mi·se·na हत्थेनhat·the·na पानीयथालकंpā·nī·ya·thā·la·kaṃ पटिग्गहेस्सामीतिpa·ṭig·ga·hes·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sāmisena hatthena pānīyathālakaṁ paṭiggahessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not receive the drinking-water vessel with a hand soiled with food,’ this is how you should train.

863. 863

     सेखियse·khi·ya 56। ससित्थकसिक्खापदंsa·sit·tha·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 56. Sasitthakasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 56: discarding waste water with rice

864. 864

     नna ससित्थकंsa·sit·tha·kaṃ पत्तधोवनंpat·ta·dho·va·naṃ अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re छड्डेस्सामीतिchaḍ·ḍes·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sasitthakaṁ pattadhovanaṁ antaraghare chaḍḍessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not discard bowl-washing water containing rice in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

865. 865

     सेखियse·khi·ya 57। छत्तपाणिसिक्खापदंchat·ta·pā·ṇi·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 57. Chattapāṇisikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 57: holding a sunshade

866. 866

     नna छत्तपाणिस्सchat·ta·pā·ṇis·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na chattapāṇissa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone holding a sunshade who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

867. 867

     सेखियse·khi·ya 58। दण्डपाणिसिक्खापदंdaṇ·ḍa·pā·ṇi·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 58. Daṇḍapāṇisikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 58: holding a staff

868. 868

     नna दण्डपाणिस्सdaṇ·ḍa·pā·ṇis·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na daṇḍapāṇissa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone holding a staff who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

869. 869

     सेखियse·khi·ya 59। सत्थपाणिसिक्खापदंsat·tha·pā·ṇi·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 59. Satthapāṇisikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 59: holding a knife

870. 870

     नna सत्थपाणिस्सsat·tha·pā·ṇis·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na satthapāṇissa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone holding a knife who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

871. 871

     सेखियse·khi·ya 60। आवुधपाणिसिक्खापदंā·vu·dha·pā·ṇi·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 60. Āvudhapāṇisikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 60: holding a weapon

872. 872

     नna आवुधपाणिस्सā·vu·dha·pā·ṇis·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na āvudhapāṇissa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone holding a weapon who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

873. 873

     सुरुसुरुवग्गोsu·ru·su·ru·vag·go छट्ठो।chaṭ·ṭho

     Surusuruvaggo chaṭṭho.

     The sixth subchapter on slurping is finished.

874. 874

     पादुकवग्गोpā·du·ka·vag·go

     Pādukavaggo

     The subchapter on shoes

875. 875

     सेखियse·khi·ya 61। पादुकसिक्खापदंpā·du·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 61. Pādukasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 61: wearing shoes

876. 876

     नna पादुकारुळ्हस्सpā·du·kā·ru·ḷhas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na pādukāruḷhassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone wearing shoes who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

877. 877

     सेखियse·khi·ya 62। उपाहनसिक्खापदंu·pā·ha·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 62. Upāhanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 62: wearing sandals

878. 878

     नna उपाहनारुळ्हस्सu·pā·ha·nā·ru·ḷhas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na upāhanāruḷhassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone wearing sandals who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

879. 879

     सेखियse·khi·ya 63। यानसिक्खापदंyā·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 63. Yānasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 63: sitting in a vehicle

880. 880

     नna यानगतस्सyā·na·ga·tas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na yānagatassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone in a vehicle who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

881. 881

     सेखियse·khi·ya 64। सयनसिक्खापदंsa·ya·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 64. Sayanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 64: lying down

882. 882

     नna सयनगतस्सsa·ya·na·ga·tas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sayanagatassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone lying down who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

883. 883

     सेखियse·khi·ya 65। पल्लत्थिकसिक्खापदंpal·lat·thi·ka·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 65. Pallatthikasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 65: clasping the knees

884. 884

     नna पल्लत्थिकायpal·lat·thi·kā·ya निसिन्नस्सni·sin·nas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na pallatthikāya nisinnassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone who is seated clasping their knees and who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

885. 885

     सेखियse·khi·ya 66। वेठितसिक्खापदंve·ṭhi·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 66. Veṭhitasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 66: wearing a headdress

886. 886

     नna वेठितसीसस्सve·ṭhi·ta·sī·sas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na veṭhitasīsassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone with a headdress who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

887. 887

     सेखियse·khi·ya 67। ओगुण्ठितसिक्खापदंo·guṇ·ṭhi·ta·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 67. Oguṇṭhitasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 67: covering the head

888. 888

     नna ओगुण्ठितसीसस्सo·guṇ·ṭhi·ta·sī·sas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na oguṇṭhitasīsassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone with a covered head who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

889. 889

     सेखियse·khi·ya 68। छमासिक्खापदंcha·mā·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 68. Chamāsikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 68: sitting on the ground

890. 890

     नna छमायंcha·mā·yaṃ निसीदित्वाni·sī·dit·vā आसनेā·sa·ne निसिन्नस्सni·sin·nas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na chamāyaṁ nisīditvā āsane nisinnassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching while sitting on the ground to anyone sitting on a seat who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

891. 891

     सेखियse·khi·ya 69। नीचासनसिक्खापदंnī·cā·sa·na·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 69. Nīcāsanasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 69: sitting on a low seat

892. 892

     नna नीचेnī·ce आसनेā·sa·ne निसीदित्वाni·sī·dit·vā उच्चेuc·ce आसनेā·sa·ne निसिन्नस्सni·sin·nas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na nīce āsane nisīditvā ucce āsane nisinnassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching while sitting on a low seat to anyone sitting on a high seat who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

893. 893

     सेखियse·khi·ya 70। ठितासिक्खापदंṭhi·tā·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 70. Ṭhitāsikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 70: standing

894. 894

     नna ठिताṭhi·tā निसिन्नस्सni·sin·nas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na ṭhitā nisinnassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching while standing to anyone sitting who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

895. 895

     सेखियse·khi·ya 71। पच्छतोगच्छन्तीसिक्खापदंpac·cha·to·gac·chan·tī·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 71. Pacchatogacchantīsikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 71: walking behind

896. 896

     नna पच्छतोpac·cha·to गच्छन्तीgac·chan·tī पुरतोpu·ra·to गच्छन्तस्सgac·chan·tas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na pacchato gacchantī purato gacchantassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone walking in front of me who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

897. 897

     सेखियse·khi·ya 72। उप्पथेनगच्छन्तीसिक्खापदंup·pa·the·na·gac·chan·tī·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 72. Uppathenagacchantīsikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 72: walking next to the path

898. 898

     नna उप्पथेनup·pa·the·na गच्छन्तीgac·chan·tī पथेनpa·the·na गच्छन्तस्सgac·chan·tas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na uppathena gacchantī pathena gacchantassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching while walking next to the path to anyone walking on the path who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

899. 899

     सेखियse·khi·ya 73। ठिताउच्चारसिक्खापदंṭhi·tā·uc·cā·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 73. Ṭhitāuccārasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 73: defecating while standing

900. 900

     नna ठिताṭhi·tā अगिलानाa·gi·lā·nā उच्चारंuc·cā·raṃ वाvā पस्सावंpas·sā·vaṃ वाvā करिस्सामीतिka·ris·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na ṭhitā agilānā uccāraṁ vā passāvaṁ vā karissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘When not sick, I will not defecate or urinate while standing,’ this is how you should train.

901. 901

     सेखियse·khi·ya 74। हरितेउच्चारसिक्खापदंha·ri·te·uc·cā·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 74. Hariteuccārasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 74: defecating on cultivated plants

902. 902

     नna हरितेha·ri·te अगिलानाa·gi·lā·nā उच्चारंuc·cā·raṃ वाvā पस्सावंpas·sā·vaṃ वाvā खेळंkhe·ḷaṃ वाvā करिस्सामीतिka·ris·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na harite agilānā uccāraṁ vā passāvaṁ vā kheḷaṁ vā karissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘When not sick, I will not defecate, urinate, or spit on cultivated plants,’ this is how you should train.

903. 903

     सेखियse·khi·ya 75। उदकेउच्चारसिक्खापदंu·da·ke·uc·cā·ra·sik·khā·pa·daṃ

     Sekhiya 75. Udakeuccārasikkhāpadaṁ

     Training 75: defecating in water

904. 904

     नna उदकेu·da·ke अगिलानाa·gi·lā·nā उच्चारंuc·cā·raṃ वाvā पस्सावंpas·sā·vaṃ वाvā खेळंkhe·ḷaṃ वाvā करिस्सामीतिka·ris·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na udake agilānā uccāraṁ vā passāvaṁ vā kheḷaṁ vā karissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘When not sick, I will not defecate, urinate, or spit in water,’ this is how you should train.

905. 905

     पादुकवग्गोpā·du·ka·vag·go सत्तमो।sat·ta·mo

     Pādukavaggo sattamo.

     The seventh subchapter on shoes is finished.

906. 906

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā खो,kho अय्यायो,ay·yā·yo सेखियाse·khi·yā धम्मा।dham·mā

     Uddiṭṭhā kho, ayyāyo, sekhiyā dhammā.

     Venerables, the rules of training have been recited.

907. 907

     तत्थाय्यायोtat·thāy·yā·yo पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     Tatthāyyāyo pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     In regard to this I ask you, ‘Are you pure in this?’

908. 908

     दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     dutiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A second time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

909. 909

     ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     tatiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A third time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

910. 910

     परिसुद्धेत्थाय्यायो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thāy·yā·yo तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

     parisuddhetthāyyāyo, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

     You are pure in this and therefore silent. I will remember it thus.

911. 911

     सेखियाse·khi·yā निट्ठिता।niṭ·ṭhi·tā

     Sekhiyā niṭṭhitā.

     The chapter on training is finished.

912. 912

     अधिकरणसमथाa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·thā

     Adhikaraṇasamathā

     The settling of legal issues

913. 913

     इमेi·me खोkho पनाय्यायो,pa·nāy·yā·yo सत्तsat·ta अधिकरणसमथाa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·thā धम्माdham·mā उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छन्ति।ā·gac·chan·ti

     Ime kho panāyyāyo, satta adhikaraṇasamathā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.

     Venerables, these seven principles for the settling of legal issues come up for recitation.

914. 914

     अधिकरणसमथa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·tha 1

     Adhikaraṇasamatha 1

     The settling of legal issues 1

915. 915

     सम्मुखाविनयोsam·mu·khā·vi·na·yo दातब्बो।dā·tab·bo

     Sammukhāvinayo dātabbo.

     Resolution face-to-face to be applied.

916. 916

     अधिकरणसमथa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·tha 2

     Adhikaraṇasamatha 2

     The settling of legal issues 2

917. 917

     सतिविनयोsa·ti·vi·na·yo दातब्बो।dā·tab·bo

     Sativinayo dātabbo.

     Resolution through recollection to be granted.

918. 918

     अधिकरणसमथa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·tha 3

     Adhikaraṇasamatha 3

     The settling of legal issues 3

919. 919

     अमूळ्हविनयोa·mū·ḷha·vi·na·yo दातब्बो।dā·tab·bo

     Amūḷhavinayo dātabbo.

     Resolution because of past insanity to be granted.

920. 920

     अधिकरणसमथa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·tha 4

     Adhikaraṇasamatha 4

     The settling of legal issues 4

921. 921

     पटिञ्ञायpa·ṭiñ·ñā·ya कारेतब्बं।kā·re·tab·baṃ

     Paṭiññāya kāretabbaṁ.

     Acting according to what has been admitted.

922. 922

     अधिकरणसमथa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·tha 5

     Adhikaraṇasamatha 5

     The settling of legal issues 5

923. 923

     येभुय्यसिका।ye·bhuy·ya·si·kā

     Yebhuyyasikā.

     Majority decision.

924. 924

     अधिकरणसमथa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·tha 6

     Adhikaraṇasamatha 6

     The settling of legal issues 6

925. 925

     तस्सपापियसिका।tas·sa·pā·pi·ya·si·kā

     Tassapāpiyasikā.

     Further penalty.

926. 926

     अधिकरणसमथa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·tha 7

     Adhikaraṇasamatha 7

     The settling of legal issues 7

927. 927

     तिणवत्थारकोति।ti·ṇa·vat·thā·ra·ko·ti

     Tiṇavatthārakoti.

     Covering over as if with grass.

928. 928

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā खोkho अय्यायोay·yā·yo सत्तsat·ta अधिकरणसमथाa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·thā धम्मा।dham·mā

     Uddiṭṭhā kho ayyāyo satta adhikaraṇasamathā dhammā.

     Venerables, the seven principles for the settling of legal issues have been recited.

929. 929

     तत्थाय्यायोtat·thāy·yā·yo पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     Tatthāyyāyo pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     In regard to this I ask you, ‘Are you pure in this?’

930. 930

     दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     dutiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A second time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

931. 931

     ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     tatiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A third time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

932. 932

     परिसुद्धेत्थाय्यायो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thāy·yā·yo तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

     parisuddhetthāyyāyo, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

     You are pure in this and therefore silent. I will remember it thus.

933. 933

     अधिकरणसमथाa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·thā निट्ठिता।niṭ·ṭhi·tā

     Adhikaraṇasamathā niṭṭhitā.

     The seven principles for the settling of legal issues are finished.

934. 934

     उद्दिट्ठंud·diṭ·ṭhaṃ खोkho अय्यायोay·yā·yo निदानंni·dā·naṃ

     Uddiṭṭhaṁ kho ayyāyo nidānaṁ

     Venerables, the introduction has been recited;

935. 935

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā अट्ठaṭ·ṭha पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā धम्मा,dham·mā

     uddiṭṭhā aṭṭha pārājikā dhammā,

     the eight rules on expulsion have been recited;

936. 936

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā सत्तरसsat·ta·ra·sa सङ्घादिसेसाsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sā धम्मा,dham·mā

     uddiṭṭhā sattarasa saṅghādisesā dhammā,

     the seventeen rules on suspension have been recited;

937. 937

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā तिंसtiṃ·sa निस्सग्गियाnis·sag·gi·yā पाचित्तियाpā·cit·ti·yā धम्मा,dham·mā

     uddiṭṭhā tiṁsa nissaggiyā pācittiyā dhammā,

     the thirty rules on relinquishment and confession have been recited;

938. 938

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā छसट्ठिcha·saṭ·ṭhi सताsa·tā पाचित्तियाpā·cit·ti·yā धम्मा,dham·mā

     uddiṭṭhā chasaṭṭhi satā pācittiyā dhammā,

     the one hundred and sixty-six rules on confession have been recited;

939. 939

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā अट्ठaṭ·ṭha पाटिदेसनीयाpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yā धम्मा,dham·mā

     uddiṭṭhā aṭṭha pāṭidesanīyā dhammā,

     the eight rules on acknowledgment have been recited;

940. 940

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā सेखियाse·khi·yā धम्मा,dham·mā

     uddiṭṭhā sekhiyā dhammā,

     the rules of training have been recited;

941. 941

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā सत्तsat·ta अधिकरणसमथाa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·thā धम्मा।dham·mā

     uddiṭṭhā satta adhikaraṇasamathā dhammā.

     the seven principles for the settling of legal issues have been recited.

942. 942

     एत्तकंet·ta·kaṃ तस्सtas·sa भगवतोbha·ga·va·to सुत्तागतंsut·tā·ga·taṃ सुत्तपरियापन्नंsut·ta·pa·ri·yā·pan·naṃ अन्वद्धमासंan·vad·dha·mā·saṃ उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छति।ā·gac·cha·ti

     Ettakaṁ tassa bhagavato suttāgataṁ suttapariyāpannaṁ anvaddhamāsaṁ uddesaṁ āgacchati.

     This much has come down and is included in the Monastic Code of the Buddha and comes up for recitation every half-month.

943. 943

     तत्थtat·tha सब्बाहेवsab·bā·he·va समग्गाहिsa·mag·gā·hi सम्मोदमानाहिsam·mo·da·mā·nā·hi अविवदमानाहिa·vi·va·da·mā·nā·hi सिक्खितब्बन्ति।sik·khi·tab·ban·ti

     Tattha sabbāheva samaggāhi sammodamānāhi avivadamānāhi sikkhitabbanti.

     In regard to this everyone should train in unity, in concord, without dispute.”

944. 944

     वित्थारुद्देसोvit·thā·rud·de·so चतुत्थो।ca·tut·tho

     Vitthāruddeso catuttho.

     The fourth recitation, in detail, is finished.

945. 945

     भिक्खुनिपातिमोक्खंbhik·khu·ni·pā·ti·mok·khaṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

     Bhikkhunipātimokkhaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

     The Monastic Code for nuns is finished.

946. 946

     नमोna·mo तस्सtas·sa भगवतोbha·ga·va·to अरहतोa·ra·ha·to सम्मासम्बुद्धस्सsam·mā·sam·bud·dhas·sa

     Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa

     Homage to the Buddha, the Perfected One, the fully Awakened One.

Sources. Sanskrit: Satyavedaḥ, the New Testament in Sanskrit (Calcutta Baptist Missionaries, 1851; J. Wenger’s revision of W. Carey’s version). Digital text © 2018 SanskritBible.in, via eBible.org, licensed CC BY-SA 4.0; changed here: arranged by verse and every word linked to the dictionary (links made automatically). Old Testament Sanskrit: the Old Testament in Sanskrit, Calcutta Baptist Mission Press, 1848–1852 (public domain), read by OCR from the Internet Archive scans of the Boston University School of Theology copy; unproofread, with machine clean-up only. Pāli Canon: Mahāsaṅgīti Tipiṭaka Buddhavasse 2500 (based on the Vipassana Research Institute’s Chaṭṭha Saṅgāyana edition), from SuttaCentral bilara-data, CC0; Devanagari and pronunciation made automatically from the Roman text. Pāli English: Bhikkhu Sujato (suttas) and Bhikkhu Brahmali (Vinaya), SuttaCentral, CC0. Pāli word meanings: the Pali Text Society’s Pali-English Dictionary (Rhys Davids & Stede), corrected reprint © The Pali Text Society, CC BY-NC 3.0, digital text from BuddhaDust; word matching automatic. English: King James Version (1769), public domain; words the translators added are in italics. Word meanings and pronunciations: Monier-Williams, Sanskrit–English Dictionary (1872), via this site’s Sanskrit dictionary (CC BY-SA 4.0); English↔Sanskrit word matches made automatically and may need checking.